1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.27.
2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
6 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self
,class_type
,name
,value
,static
=1):
8 if isinstance(value
, class_type
):
9 self
.__dict
__[name
] = value
.this
10 if hasattr(value
,"thisown"): self
.__dict
__["thisown"] = value
.thisown
13 method
= class_type
.__swig
_setmethods
__.get(name
,None)
14 if method
: return method(self
,value
)
15 if (not static
) or hasattr(self
,name
) or (name
== "thisown"):
16 self
.__dict
__[name
] = value
18 raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self
)
20 def _swig_setattr(self
,class_type
,name
,value
):
21 return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self
,class_type
,name
,value
,0)
23 def _swig_getattr(self
,class_type
,name
):
24 method
= class_type
.__swig
_getmethods
__.get(name
,None)
25 if method
: return method(self
)
26 raise AttributeError,name
30 _object
= types
.ObjectType
32 except AttributeError:
38 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
39 def set_attr(self
,name
,value
):
40 if hasattr(self
,name
) or (name
in ("this", "thisown")):
43 raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self
)
47 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
49 _core_
._wxPySetDictionary
(vars())
51 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
54 wx
= _sys
.modules
[__name__
]
57 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
59 def _deprecated(callable, msg
=None):
61 Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
62 before calling the callable.
65 msg
= "%s is deprecated" % callable
66 def deprecatedWrapper(*args
, **kwargs
):
68 warnings
.warn(msg
, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel
=2)
69 return callable(*args
, **kwargs
)
70 deprecatedWrapper
.__doc
__ = msg
71 return deprecatedWrapper
74 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
76 NOT_FOUND
= _core_
.NOT_FOUND
77 VSCROLL
= _core_
.VSCROLL
78 HSCROLL
= _core_
.HSCROLL
79 CAPTION
= _core_
.CAPTION
80 DOUBLE_BORDER
= _core_
.DOUBLE_BORDER
81 SUNKEN_BORDER
= _core_
.SUNKEN_BORDER
82 RAISED_BORDER
= _core_
.RAISED_BORDER
83 BORDER
= _core_
.BORDER
84 SIMPLE_BORDER
= _core_
.SIMPLE_BORDER
85 STATIC_BORDER
= _core_
.STATIC_BORDER
86 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
= _core_
.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
87 NO_BORDER
= _core_
.NO_BORDER
88 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
= _core_
.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
89 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
= _core_
.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
90 TAB_TRAVERSAL
= _core_
.TAB_TRAVERSAL
91 WANTS_CHARS
= _core_
.WANTS_CHARS
92 POPUP_WINDOW
= _core_
.POPUP_WINDOW
93 CENTER_FRAME
= _core_
.CENTER_FRAME
94 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
= _core_
.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
95 CENTER_ON_SCREEN
= _core_
.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
96 CLIP_CHILDREN
= _core_
.CLIP_CHILDREN
97 CLIP_SIBLINGS
= _core_
.CLIP_SIBLINGS
98 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
= _core_
.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
99 RETAINED
= _core_
.RETAINED
100 BACKINGSTORE
= _core_
.BACKINGSTORE
101 COLOURED
= _core_
.COLOURED
102 FIXED_LENGTH
= _core_
.FIXED_LENGTH
103 LB_NEEDED_SB
= _core_
.LB_NEEDED_SB
104 LB_ALWAYS_SB
= _core_
.LB_ALWAYS_SB
105 LB_SORT
= _core_
.LB_SORT
106 LB_SINGLE
= _core_
.LB_SINGLE
107 LB_MULTIPLE
= _core_
.LB_MULTIPLE
108 LB_EXTENDED
= _core_
.LB_EXTENDED
109 LB_OWNERDRAW
= _core_
.LB_OWNERDRAW
110 LB_HSCROLL
= _core_
.LB_HSCROLL
111 PROCESS_ENTER
= _core_
.PROCESS_ENTER
112 PASSWORD
= _core_
.PASSWORD
113 CB_SIMPLE
= _core_
.CB_SIMPLE
114 CB_DROPDOWN
= _core_
.CB_DROPDOWN
115 CB_SORT
= _core_
.CB_SORT
116 CB_READONLY
= _core_
.CB_READONLY
117 RA_HORIZONTAL
= _core_
.RA_HORIZONTAL
118 RA_VERTICAL
= _core_
.RA_VERTICAL
119 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
= _core_
.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
120 RA_SPECIFY_COLS
= _core_
.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
121 RA_USE_CHECKBOX
= _core_
.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
122 RB_GROUP
= _core_
.RB_GROUP
123 RB_SINGLE
= _core_
.RB_SINGLE
124 SB_HORIZONTAL
= _core_
.SB_HORIZONTAL
125 SB_VERTICAL
= _core_
.SB_VERTICAL
126 RB_USE_CHECKBOX
= _core_
.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
127 ST_SIZEGRIP
= _core_
.ST_SIZEGRIP
128 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
= _core_
.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
129 FLOOD_SURFACE
= _core_
.FLOOD_SURFACE
130 FLOOD_BORDER
= _core_
.FLOOD_BORDER
131 ODDEVEN_RULE
= _core_
.ODDEVEN_RULE
132 WINDING_RULE
= _core_
.WINDING_RULE
133 TOOL_TOP
= _core_
.TOOL_TOP
134 TOOL_BOTTOM
= _core_
.TOOL_BOTTOM
135 TOOL_LEFT
= _core_
.TOOL_LEFT
136 TOOL_RIGHT
= _core_
.TOOL_RIGHT
138 YES_NO
= _core_
.YES_NO
139 CANCEL
= _core_
.CANCEL
142 NO_DEFAULT
= _core_
.NO_DEFAULT
143 YES_DEFAULT
= _core_
.YES_DEFAULT
144 ICON_EXCLAMATION
= _core_
.ICON_EXCLAMATION
145 ICON_HAND
= _core_
.ICON_HAND
146 ICON_QUESTION
= _core_
.ICON_QUESTION
147 ICON_INFORMATION
= _core_
.ICON_INFORMATION
148 ICON_STOP
= _core_
.ICON_STOP
149 ICON_ASTERISK
= _core_
.ICON_ASTERISK
150 ICON_MASK
= _core_
.ICON_MASK
151 ICON_WARNING
= _core_
.ICON_WARNING
152 ICON_ERROR
= _core_
.ICON_ERROR
153 FORWARD
= _core_
.FORWARD
154 BACKWARD
= _core_
.BACKWARD
159 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
160 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
161 SIZE_AUTO
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO
162 SIZE_USE_EXISTING
= _core_
.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
163 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
= _core_
.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
164 SIZE_FORCE
= _core_
.SIZE_FORCE
165 PORTRAIT
= _core_
.PORTRAIT
166 LANDSCAPE
= _core_
.LANDSCAPE
167 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
168 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
169 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
170 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
171 ID_ANY
= _core_
.ID_ANY
172 ID_SEPARATOR
= _core_
.ID_SEPARATOR
173 ID_NONE
= _core_
.ID_NONE
174 ID_LOWEST
= _core_
.ID_LOWEST
175 ID_OPEN
= _core_
.ID_OPEN
176 ID_CLOSE
= _core_
.ID_CLOSE
177 ID_NEW
= _core_
.ID_NEW
178 ID_SAVE
= _core_
.ID_SAVE
179 ID_SAVEAS
= _core_
.ID_SAVEAS
180 ID_REVERT
= _core_
.ID_REVERT
181 ID_EXIT
= _core_
.ID_EXIT
182 ID_UNDO
= _core_
.ID_UNDO
183 ID_REDO
= _core_
.ID_REDO
184 ID_HELP
= _core_
.ID_HELP
185 ID_PRINT
= _core_
.ID_PRINT
186 ID_PRINT_SETUP
= _core_
.ID_PRINT_SETUP
187 ID_PREVIEW
= _core_
.ID_PREVIEW
188 ID_ABOUT
= _core_
.ID_ABOUT
189 ID_HELP_CONTENTS
= _core_
.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
190 ID_HELP_COMMANDS
= _core_
.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
191 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
= _core_
.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
192 ID_HELP_CONTEXT
= _core_
.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
193 ID_CLOSE_ALL
= _core_
.ID_CLOSE_ALL
194 ID_PREFERENCES
= _core_
.ID_PREFERENCES
195 ID_CUT
= _core_
.ID_CUT
196 ID_COPY
= _core_
.ID_COPY
197 ID_PASTE
= _core_
.ID_PASTE
198 ID_CLEAR
= _core_
.ID_CLEAR
199 ID_FIND
= _core_
.ID_FIND
200 ID_DUPLICATE
= _core_
.ID_DUPLICATE
201 ID_SELECTALL
= _core_
.ID_SELECTALL
202 ID_DELETE
= _core_
.ID_DELETE
203 ID_REPLACE
= _core_
.ID_REPLACE
204 ID_REPLACE_ALL
= _core_
.ID_REPLACE_ALL
205 ID_PROPERTIES
= _core_
.ID_PROPERTIES
206 ID_VIEW_DETAILS
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
207 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
208 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
209 ID_VIEW_LIST
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_LIST
210 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
211 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
212 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
213 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
214 ID_FILE1
= _core_
.ID_FILE1
215 ID_FILE2
= _core_
.ID_FILE2
216 ID_FILE3
= _core_
.ID_FILE3
217 ID_FILE4
= _core_
.ID_FILE4
218 ID_FILE5
= _core_
.ID_FILE5
219 ID_FILE6
= _core_
.ID_FILE6
220 ID_FILE7
= _core_
.ID_FILE7
221 ID_FILE8
= _core_
.ID_FILE8
222 ID_FILE9
= _core_
.ID_FILE9
224 ID_CANCEL
= _core_
.ID_CANCEL
225 ID_APPLY
= _core_
.ID_APPLY
226 ID_YES
= _core_
.ID_YES
228 ID_STATIC
= _core_
.ID_STATIC
229 ID_FORWARD
= _core_
.ID_FORWARD
230 ID_BACKWARD
= _core_
.ID_BACKWARD
231 ID_DEFAULT
= _core_
.ID_DEFAULT
232 ID_MORE
= _core_
.ID_MORE
233 ID_SETUP
= _core_
.ID_SETUP
234 ID_RESET
= _core_
.ID_RESET
235 ID_CONTEXT_HELP
= _core_
.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
236 ID_YESTOALL
= _core_
.ID_YESTOALL
237 ID_NOTOALL
= _core_
.ID_NOTOALL
238 ID_ABORT
= _core_
.ID_ABORT
239 ID_RETRY
= _core_
.ID_RETRY
240 ID_IGNORE
= _core_
.ID_IGNORE
241 ID_ADD
= _core_
.ID_ADD
242 ID_REMOVE
= _core_
.ID_REMOVE
244 ID_DOWN
= _core_
.ID_DOWN
245 ID_HOME
= _core_
.ID_HOME
246 ID_REFRESH
= _core_
.ID_REFRESH
247 ID_STOP
= _core_
.ID_STOP
248 ID_INDEX
= _core_
.ID_INDEX
249 ID_BOLD
= _core_
.ID_BOLD
250 ID_ITALIC
= _core_
.ID_ITALIC
251 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
252 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
253 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
254 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
255 ID_UNDERLINE
= _core_
.ID_UNDERLINE
256 ID_INDENT
= _core_
.ID_INDENT
257 ID_UNINDENT
= _core_
.ID_UNINDENT
258 ID_ZOOM_100
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_100
259 ID_ZOOM_FIT
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_FIT
260 ID_ZOOM_IN
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_IN
261 ID_ZOOM_OUT
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_OUT
262 ID_UNDELETE
= _core_
.ID_UNDELETE
263 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
= _core_
.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
264 ID_HIGHEST
= _core_
.ID_HIGHEST
267 HIDE_READONLY
= _core_
.HIDE_READONLY
268 OVERWRITE_PROMPT
= _core_
.OVERWRITE_PROMPT
269 FILE_MUST_EXIST
= _core_
.FILE_MUST_EXIST
270 MULTIPLE
= _core_
.MULTIPLE
271 CHANGE_DIR
= _core_
.CHANGE_DIR
272 ACCEL_ALT
= _core_
.ACCEL_ALT
273 ACCEL_CTRL
= _core_
.ACCEL_CTRL
274 ACCEL_SHIFT
= _core_
.ACCEL_SHIFT
275 ACCEL_NORMAL
= _core_
.ACCEL_NORMAL
276 PD_AUTO_HIDE
= _core_
.PD_AUTO_HIDE
277 PD_APP_MODAL
= _core_
.PD_APP_MODAL
278 PD_CAN_ABORT
= _core_
.PD_CAN_ABORT
279 PD_ELAPSED_TIME
= _core_
.PD_ELAPSED_TIME
280 PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
= _core_
.PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
281 PD_REMAINING_TIME
= _core_
.PD_REMAINING_TIME
282 PD_SMOOTH
= _core_
.PD_SMOOTH
283 PD_CAN_SKIP
= _core_
.PD_CAN_SKIP
284 DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON
= _core_
.DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON
285 DD_DEFAULT_STYLE
= _core_
.DD_DEFAULT_STYLE
286 MENU_TEAROFF
= _core_
.MENU_TEAROFF
287 MB_DOCKABLE
= _core_
.MB_DOCKABLE
288 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
= _core_
.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
289 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
= _core_
.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
290 LI_HORIZONTAL
= _core_
.LI_HORIZONTAL
291 LI_VERTICAL
= _core_
.LI_VERTICAL
292 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
= _core_
.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
293 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
= _core_
.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
294 WS_EX_TRANSIENT
= _core_
.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
295 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
= _core_
.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
296 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
= _core_
.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
297 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
= _core_
.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
298 MM_TEXT
= _core_
.MM_TEXT
299 MM_LOMETRIC
= _core_
.MM_LOMETRIC
300 MM_HIMETRIC
= _core_
.MM_HIMETRIC
301 MM_LOENGLISH
= _core_
.MM_LOENGLISH
302 MM_HIENGLISH
= _core_
.MM_HIENGLISH
303 MM_TWIPS
= _core_
.MM_TWIPS
304 MM_ISOTROPIC
= _core_
.MM_ISOTROPIC
305 MM_ANISOTROPIC
= _core_
.MM_ANISOTROPIC
306 MM_POINTS
= _core_
.MM_POINTS
307 MM_METRIC
= _core_
.MM_METRIC
308 CENTRE
= _core_
.CENTRE
309 CENTER
= _core_
.CENTER
310 HORIZONTAL
= _core_
.HORIZONTAL
311 VERTICAL
= _core_
.VERTICAL
318 BOTTOM
= _core_
.BOTTOM
324 ALIGN_NOT
= _core_
.ALIGN_NOT
325 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
326 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
327 ALIGN_LEFT
= _core_
.ALIGN_LEFT
328 ALIGN_TOP
= _core_
.ALIGN_TOP
329 ALIGN_RIGHT
= _core_
.ALIGN_RIGHT
330 ALIGN_BOTTOM
= _core_
.ALIGN_BOTTOM
331 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
332 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
333 ALIGN_CENTER
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER
334 ALIGN_CENTRE
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE
335 ALIGN_MASK
= _core_
.ALIGN_MASK
336 STRETCH_NOT
= _core_
.STRETCH_NOT
337 SHRINK
= _core_
.SHRINK
339 EXPAND
= _core_
.EXPAND
340 SHAPED
= _core_
.SHAPED
341 FIXED_MINSIZE
= _core_
.FIXED_MINSIZE
343 ADJUST_MINSIZE
= _core_
.ADJUST_MINSIZE
344 BORDER_DEFAULT
= _core_
.BORDER_DEFAULT
345 BORDER_NONE
= _core_
.BORDER_NONE
346 BORDER_STATIC
= _core_
.BORDER_STATIC
347 BORDER_SIMPLE
= _core_
.BORDER_SIMPLE
348 BORDER_RAISED
= _core_
.BORDER_RAISED
349 BORDER_SUNKEN
= _core_
.BORDER_SUNKEN
350 BORDER_DOUBLE
= _core_
.BORDER_DOUBLE
351 BORDER_MASK
= _core_
.BORDER_MASK
352 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
353 BG_STYLE_COLOUR
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
354 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
355 DEFAULT
= _core_
.DEFAULT
356 DECORATIVE
= _core_
.DECORATIVE
358 SCRIPT
= _core_
.SCRIPT
360 MODERN
= _core_
.MODERN
361 TELETYPE
= _core_
.TELETYPE
362 VARIABLE
= _core_
.VARIABLE
364 NORMAL
= _core_
.NORMAL
367 ITALIC
= _core_
.ITALIC
371 LONG_DASH
= _core_
.LONG_DASH
372 SHORT_DASH
= _core_
.SHORT_DASH
373 DOT_DASH
= _core_
.DOT_DASH
374 USER_DASH
= _core_
.USER_DASH
375 TRANSPARENT
= _core_
.TRANSPARENT
376 STIPPLE
= _core_
.STIPPLE
377 STIPPLE_MASK
= _core_
.STIPPLE_MASK
378 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
= _core_
.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
379 BDIAGONAL_HATCH
= _core_
.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
380 CROSSDIAG_HATCH
= _core_
.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
381 FDIAGONAL_HATCH
= _core_
.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
382 CROSS_HATCH
= _core_
.CROSS_HATCH
383 HORIZONTAL_HATCH
= _core_
.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
384 VERTICAL_HATCH
= _core_
.VERTICAL_HATCH
385 JOIN_BEVEL
= _core_
.JOIN_BEVEL
386 JOIN_MITER
= _core_
.JOIN_MITER
387 JOIN_ROUND
= _core_
.JOIN_ROUND
388 CAP_ROUND
= _core_
.CAP_ROUND
389 CAP_PROJECTING
= _core_
.CAP_PROJECTING
390 CAP_BUTT
= _core_
.CAP_BUTT
393 INVERT
= _core_
.INVERT
394 OR_REVERSE
= _core_
.OR_REVERSE
395 AND_REVERSE
= _core_
.AND_REVERSE
398 AND_INVERT
= _core_
.AND_INVERT
402 SRC_INVERT
= _core_
.SRC_INVERT
403 OR_INVERT
= _core_
.OR_INVERT
407 WXK_BACK
= _core_
.WXK_BACK
408 WXK_TAB
= _core_
.WXK_TAB
409 WXK_RETURN
= _core_
.WXK_RETURN
410 WXK_ESCAPE
= _core_
.WXK_ESCAPE
411 WXK_SPACE
= _core_
.WXK_SPACE
412 WXK_DELETE
= _core_
.WXK_DELETE
413 WXK_START
= _core_
.WXK_START
414 WXK_LBUTTON
= _core_
.WXK_LBUTTON
415 WXK_RBUTTON
= _core_
.WXK_RBUTTON
416 WXK_CANCEL
= _core_
.WXK_CANCEL
417 WXK_MBUTTON
= _core_
.WXK_MBUTTON
418 WXK_CLEAR
= _core_
.WXK_CLEAR
419 WXK_SHIFT
= _core_
.WXK_SHIFT
420 WXK_ALT
= _core_
.WXK_ALT
421 WXK_CONTROL
= _core_
.WXK_CONTROL
422 WXK_MENU
= _core_
.WXK_MENU
423 WXK_PAUSE
= _core_
.WXK_PAUSE
424 WXK_CAPITAL
= _core_
.WXK_CAPITAL
425 WXK_PRIOR
= _core_
.WXK_PRIOR
426 WXK_NEXT
= _core_
.WXK_NEXT
427 WXK_END
= _core_
.WXK_END
428 WXK_HOME
= _core_
.WXK_HOME
429 WXK_LEFT
= _core_
.WXK_LEFT
430 WXK_UP
= _core_
.WXK_UP
431 WXK_RIGHT
= _core_
.WXK_RIGHT
432 WXK_DOWN
= _core_
.WXK_DOWN
433 WXK_SELECT
= _core_
.WXK_SELECT
434 WXK_PRINT
= _core_
.WXK_PRINT
435 WXK_EXECUTE
= _core_
.WXK_EXECUTE
436 WXK_SNAPSHOT
= _core_
.WXK_SNAPSHOT
437 WXK_INSERT
= _core_
.WXK_INSERT
438 WXK_HELP
= _core_
.WXK_HELP
439 WXK_NUMPAD0
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD0
440 WXK_NUMPAD1
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD1
441 WXK_NUMPAD2
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD2
442 WXK_NUMPAD3
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD3
443 WXK_NUMPAD4
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD4
444 WXK_NUMPAD5
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD5
445 WXK_NUMPAD6
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD6
446 WXK_NUMPAD7
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD7
447 WXK_NUMPAD8
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD8
448 WXK_NUMPAD9
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD9
449 WXK_MULTIPLY
= _core_
.WXK_MULTIPLY
450 WXK_ADD
= _core_
.WXK_ADD
451 WXK_SEPARATOR
= _core_
.WXK_SEPARATOR
452 WXK_SUBTRACT
= _core_
.WXK_SUBTRACT
453 WXK_DECIMAL
= _core_
.WXK_DECIMAL
454 WXK_DIVIDE
= _core_
.WXK_DIVIDE
455 WXK_F1
= _core_
.WXK_F1
456 WXK_F2
= _core_
.WXK_F2
457 WXK_F3
= _core_
.WXK_F3
458 WXK_F4
= _core_
.WXK_F4
459 WXK_F5
= _core_
.WXK_F5
460 WXK_F6
= _core_
.WXK_F6
461 WXK_F7
= _core_
.WXK_F7
462 WXK_F8
= _core_
.WXK_F8
463 WXK_F9
= _core_
.WXK_F9
464 WXK_F10
= _core_
.WXK_F10
465 WXK_F11
= _core_
.WXK_F11
466 WXK_F12
= _core_
.WXK_F12
467 WXK_F13
= _core_
.WXK_F13
468 WXK_F14
= _core_
.WXK_F14
469 WXK_F15
= _core_
.WXK_F15
470 WXK_F16
= _core_
.WXK_F16
471 WXK_F17
= _core_
.WXK_F17
472 WXK_F18
= _core_
.WXK_F18
473 WXK_F19
= _core_
.WXK_F19
474 WXK_F20
= _core_
.WXK_F20
475 WXK_F21
= _core_
.WXK_F21
476 WXK_F22
= _core_
.WXK_F22
477 WXK_F23
= _core_
.WXK_F23
478 WXK_F24
= _core_
.WXK_F24
479 WXK_NUMLOCK
= _core_
.WXK_NUMLOCK
480 WXK_SCROLL
= _core_
.WXK_SCROLL
481 WXK_PAGEUP
= _core_
.WXK_PAGEUP
482 WXK_PAGEDOWN
= _core_
.WXK_PAGEDOWN
483 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
484 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
485 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
486 WXK_NUMPAD_F1
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
487 WXK_NUMPAD_F2
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
488 WXK_NUMPAD_F3
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
489 WXK_NUMPAD_F4
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
490 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
491 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
492 WXK_NUMPAD_UP
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
493 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
494 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
495 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
496 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
497 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
498 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
499 WXK_NUMPAD_END
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_END
500 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
501 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
502 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
503 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
504 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
505 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
506 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
507 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
508 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
509 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
510 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
511 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
512 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
513 WXK_COMMAND
= _core_
.WXK_COMMAND
514 WXK_SPECIAL1
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL1
515 WXK_SPECIAL2
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL2
516 WXK_SPECIAL3
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL3
517 WXK_SPECIAL4
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL4
518 WXK_SPECIAL5
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL5
519 WXK_SPECIAL6
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL6
520 WXK_SPECIAL7
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL7
521 WXK_SPECIAL8
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL8
522 WXK_SPECIAL9
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL9
523 WXK_SPECIAL10
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL10
524 WXK_SPECIAL11
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL11
525 WXK_SPECIAL12
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL12
526 WXK_SPECIAL13
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL13
527 WXK_SPECIAL14
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL14
528 WXK_SPECIAL15
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL15
529 WXK_SPECIAL16
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL16
530 WXK_SPECIAL17
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL17
531 WXK_SPECIAL18
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL18
532 WXK_SPECIAL19
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL19
533 WXK_SPECIAL20
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL20
534 PAPER_NONE
= _core_
.PAPER_NONE
535 PAPER_LETTER
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER
536 PAPER_LEGAL
= _core_
.PAPER_LEGAL
537 PAPER_A4
= _core_
.PAPER_A4
538 PAPER_CSHEET
= _core_
.PAPER_CSHEET
539 PAPER_DSHEET
= _core_
.PAPER_DSHEET
540 PAPER_ESHEET
= _core_
.PAPER_ESHEET
541 PAPER_LETTERSMALL
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
542 PAPER_TABLOID
= _core_
.PAPER_TABLOID
543 PAPER_LEDGER
= _core_
.PAPER_LEDGER
544 PAPER_STATEMENT
= _core_
.PAPER_STATEMENT
545 PAPER_EXECUTIVE
= _core_
.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
546 PAPER_A3
= _core_
.PAPER_A3
547 PAPER_A4SMALL
= _core_
.PAPER_A4SMALL
548 PAPER_A5
= _core_
.PAPER_A5
549 PAPER_B4
= _core_
.PAPER_B4
550 PAPER_B5
= _core_
.PAPER_B5
551 PAPER_FOLIO
= _core_
.PAPER_FOLIO
552 PAPER_QUARTO
= _core_
.PAPER_QUARTO
553 PAPER_10X14
= _core_
.PAPER_10X14
554 PAPER_11X17
= _core_
.PAPER_11X17
555 PAPER_NOTE
= _core_
.PAPER_NOTE
556 PAPER_ENV_9
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_9
557 PAPER_ENV_10
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_10
558 PAPER_ENV_11
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_11
559 PAPER_ENV_12
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_12
560 PAPER_ENV_14
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_14
561 PAPER_ENV_DL
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_DL
562 PAPER_ENV_C5
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C5
563 PAPER_ENV_C3
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C3
564 PAPER_ENV_C4
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C4
565 PAPER_ENV_C6
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C6
566 PAPER_ENV_C65
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C65
567 PAPER_ENV_B4
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B4
568 PAPER_ENV_B5
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B5
569 PAPER_ENV_B6
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B6
570 PAPER_ENV_ITALY
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
571 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
572 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
573 PAPER_FANFOLD_US
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
574 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
575 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
576 PAPER_ISO_B4
= _core_
.PAPER_ISO_B4
577 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
= _core_
.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
578 PAPER_9X11
= _core_
.PAPER_9X11
579 PAPER_10X11
= _core_
.PAPER_10X11
580 PAPER_15X11
= _core_
.PAPER_15X11
581 PAPER_ENV_INVITE
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
582 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
583 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
= _core_
.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
584 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
= _core_
.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
585 PAPER_A4_EXTRA
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
586 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
587 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
588 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
589 PAPER_A_PLUS
= _core_
.PAPER_A_PLUS
590 PAPER_B_PLUS
= _core_
.PAPER_B_PLUS
591 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
592 PAPER_A4_PLUS
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_PLUS
593 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
594 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
595 PAPER_A3_EXTRA
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
596 PAPER_A5_EXTRA
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
597 PAPER_B5_EXTRA
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
598 PAPER_A2
= _core_
.PAPER_A2
599 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
600 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
601 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
= _core_
.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
602 PAPER_A6
= _core_
.PAPER_A6
603 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
604 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
605 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
606 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
607 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
608 PAPER_A3_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
609 PAPER_A4_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
610 PAPER_A5_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
611 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
612 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
613 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
614 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
615 PAPER_A6_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
616 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
617 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
618 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
619 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
620 PAPER_B6_JIS
= _core_
.PAPER_B6_JIS
621 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
622 PAPER_12X11
= _core_
.PAPER_12X11
623 PAPER_JENV_YOU4
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
624 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
625 PAPER_P16K
= _core_
.PAPER_P16K
626 PAPER_P32K
= _core_
.PAPER_P32K
627 PAPER_P32KBIG
= _core_
.PAPER_P32KBIG
628 PAPER_PENV_1
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_1
629 PAPER_PENV_2
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_2
630 PAPER_PENV_3
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_3
631 PAPER_PENV_4
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_4
632 PAPER_PENV_5
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_5
633 PAPER_PENV_6
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_6
634 PAPER_PENV_7
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_7
635 PAPER_PENV_8
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_8
636 PAPER_PENV_9
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_9
637 PAPER_PENV_10
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_10
638 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
639 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
640 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
641 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
642 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
643 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
644 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
645 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
646 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
647 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
648 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
649 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
650 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
651 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
= _core_
.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
652 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
= _core_
.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
653 DUPLEX_VERTICAL
= _core_
.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
654 ITEM_SEPARATOR
= _core_
.ITEM_SEPARATOR
655 ITEM_NORMAL
= _core_
.ITEM_NORMAL
656 ITEM_CHECK
= _core_
.ITEM_CHECK
657 ITEM_RADIO
= _core_
.ITEM_RADIO
658 ITEM_MAX
= _core_
.ITEM_MAX
659 HT_NOWHERE
= _core_
.HT_NOWHERE
660 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
661 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
662 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
663 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
664 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
665 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
666 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
667 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
668 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
669 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
670 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
671 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
672 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
673 HT_WINDOW_CORNER
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
674 HT_MAX
= _core_
.HT_MAX
675 MOD_NONE
= _core_
.MOD_NONE
676 MOD_ALT
= _core_
.MOD_ALT
677 MOD_CONTROL
= _core_
.MOD_CONTROL
678 MOD_ALTGR
= _core_
.MOD_ALTGR
679 MOD_SHIFT
= _core_
.MOD_SHIFT
680 MOD_META
= _core_
.MOD_META
681 MOD_WIN
= _core_
.MOD_WIN
682 MOD_CMD
= _core_
.MOD_CMD
683 MOD_ALL
= _core_
.MOD_ALL
684 UPDATE_UI_NONE
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_NONE
685 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
686 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
687 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
689 class Object(object):
691 The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
692 much functionality is needed nor exposed.
694 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
696 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxObject instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
697 def GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
):
699 GetClassName(self) -> String
701 Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
703 return _core_
.Object_GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
)
705 def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
):
709 Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
711 val
= _core_
.Object_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
)
716 class ObjectPtr(Object
):
717 def __init__(self
, this
):
719 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
720 self
.__class
__ = Object
721 _core_
.Object_swigregister(ObjectPtr
)
722 _wxPySetDictionary
= _core_
._wxPySetDictionary
724 _wxPyFixStockObjects
= _core_
._wxPyFixStockObjects
727 EmptyString
= cvar
.EmptyString
729 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
731 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
732 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
733 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
734 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
735 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
736 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
737 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
738 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
739 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
740 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
741 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
742 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
743 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
744 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
745 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
746 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
747 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
748 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
749 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
750 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
751 CURSOR_NONE
= _core_
.CURSOR_NONE
752 CURSOR_ARROW
= _core_
.CURSOR_ARROW
753 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
= _core_
.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
754 CURSOR_BULLSEYE
= _core_
.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
755 CURSOR_CHAR
= _core_
.CURSOR_CHAR
756 CURSOR_CROSS
= _core_
.CURSOR_CROSS
757 CURSOR_HAND
= _core_
.CURSOR_HAND
758 CURSOR_IBEAM
= _core_
.CURSOR_IBEAM
759 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
= _core_
.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
760 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
= _core_
.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
761 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
= _core_
.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
762 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
= _core_
.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
763 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
= _core_
.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
764 CURSOR_PENCIL
= _core_
.CURSOR_PENCIL
765 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
= _core_
.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
766 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
= _core_
.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
767 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
= _core_
.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
768 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
= _core_
.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
769 CURSOR_SIZENESW
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENESW
770 CURSOR_SIZENS
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENS
771 CURSOR_SIZENWSE
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
772 CURSOR_SIZEWE
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZEWE
773 CURSOR_SIZING
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZING
774 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
= _core_
.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
775 CURSOR_WAIT
= _core_
.CURSOR_WAIT
776 CURSOR_WATCH
= _core_
.CURSOR_WATCH
777 CURSOR_BLANK
= _core_
.CURSOR_BLANK
778 CURSOR_DEFAULT
= _core_
.CURSOR_DEFAULT
779 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
= _core_
.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
780 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
= _core_
.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
781 CURSOR_MAX
= _core_
.CURSOR_MAX
782 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
786 wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
787 something. It simply contians integer width and height
788 proprtites. In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
789 expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
792 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSize instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
793 width
= property(_core_
.Size_width_get
, _core_
.Size_width_set
)
794 height
= property(_core_
.Size_height_get
, _core_
.Size_height_set
)
795 x
= width
; y
= height
796 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
798 __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
800 Creates a size object.
802 newobj
= _core_
.new_Size(*args
, **kwargs
)
803 self
.this
= newobj
.this
806 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Size
):
809 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
812 def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
):
814 __eq__(self, Size sz) -> bool
816 Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
818 return _core_
.Size___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
)
820 def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
):
822 __ne__(self, Size sz) -> bool
826 return _core_
.Size___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
)
828 def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
):
830 __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
832 Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
834 return _core_
.Size___add__(*args
, **kwargs
)
836 def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
):
838 __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
840 Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
842 return _core_
.Size___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
)
844 def IncTo(*args
, **kwargs
):
848 Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
849 than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
851 return _core_
.Size_IncTo(*args
, **kwargs
)
853 def DecTo(*args
, **kwargs
):
857 Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
858 than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
860 return _core_
.Size_DecTo(*args
, **kwargs
)
862 def Set(*args
, **kwargs
):
864 Set(self, int w, int h)
866 Set both width and height.
868 return _core_
.Size_Set(*args
, **kwargs
)
870 def SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
871 """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
872 return _core_
.Size_SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
874 def SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
):
875 """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
876 return _core_
.Size_SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
)
878 def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
879 """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
880 return _core_
.Size_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
882 def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
):
883 """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
884 return _core_
.Size_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
)
886 def IsFullySpecified(*args
, **kwargs
):
888 IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
890 Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
892 return _core_
.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args
, **kwargs
)
894 def SetDefaults(*args
, **kwargs
):
896 SetDefaults(self, Size size)
898 Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
899 of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
901 return _core_
.Size_SetDefaults(*args
, **kwargs
)
903 def Get(*args
, **kwargs
):
905 Get() -> (width,height)
907 Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
909 return _core_
.Size_Get(*args
, **kwargs
)
911 asTuple
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
912 def __str__(self
): return str(self
.Get())
913 def __repr__(self
): return 'wx.Size'+str(self
.Get())
914 def __len__(self
): return len(self
.Get())
915 def __getitem__(self
, index
): return self
.Get()[index
]
916 def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
):
917 if index
== 0: self
.width
= val
918 elif index
== 1: self
.height
= val
919 else: raise IndexError
920 def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.Get() != (0,0)
921 __safe_for_unpickling__
= True
922 def __reduce__(self
): return (wx
.Size
, self
.Get())
926 def __init__(self
, this
):
928 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
929 self
.__class
__ = Size
930 _core_
.Size_swigregister(SizePtr
)
932 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
934 class RealPoint(object):
936 A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
937 point x and y properties. In wxPython most places that expect a
938 wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
941 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxRealPoint instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
942 x
= property(_core_
.RealPoint_x_get
, _core_
.RealPoint_x_set
)
943 y
= property(_core_
.RealPoint_y_get
, _core_
.RealPoint_y_set
)
944 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
946 __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
948 Create a wx.RealPoint object
950 newobj
= _core_
.new_RealPoint(*args
, **kwargs
)
951 self
.this
= newobj
.this
954 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_RealPoint
):
957 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
960 def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
):
962 __eq__(self, RealPoint pt) -> bool
964 Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
966 return _core_
.RealPoint___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
)
968 def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
):
970 __ne__(self, RealPoint pt) -> bool
972 Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
974 return _core_
.RealPoint___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
)
976 def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
):
978 __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
980 Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
982 return _core_
.RealPoint___add__(*args
, **kwargs
)
984 def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
):
986 __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
988 Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
990 return _core_
.RealPoint___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
)
992 def Set(*args
, **kwargs
):
994 Set(self, double x, double y)
996 Set both the x and y properties
998 return _core_
.RealPoint_Set(*args
, **kwargs
)
1000 def Get(*args
, **kwargs
):
1004 Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1006 return _core_
.RealPoint_Get(*args
, **kwargs
)
1008 asTuple
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1009 def __str__(self
): return str(self
.Get())
1010 def __repr__(self
): return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self
.Get())
1011 def __len__(self
): return len(self
.Get())
1012 def __getitem__(self
, index
): return self
.Get()[index
]
1013 def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
):
1014 if index
== 0: self
.x
= val
1015 elif index
== 1: self
.y
= val
1016 else: raise IndexError
1017 def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1018 __safe_for_unpickling__
= True
1019 def __reduce__(self
): return (wx
.RealPoint
, self
.Get())
1022 class RealPointPtr(RealPoint
):
1023 def __init__(self
, this
):
1025 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1026 self
.__class
__ = RealPoint
1027 _core_
.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPointPtr
)
1029 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1031 class Point(object):
1033 A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1034 and y properties. Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1035 also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1038 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPoint instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1039 x
= property(_core_
.Point_x_get
, _core_
.Point_x_set
)
1040 y
= property(_core_
.Point_y_get
, _core_
.Point_y_set
)
1041 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
1043 __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1045 Create a wx.Point object
1047 newobj
= _core_
.new_Point(*args
, **kwargs
)
1048 self
.this
= newobj
.this
1051 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Point
):
1054 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
1057 def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1059 __eq__(self, Point pt) -> bool
1061 Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1063 return _core_
.Point___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1065 def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1067 __ne__(self, Point pt) -> bool
1069 Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1071 return _core_
.Point___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1073 def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1075 __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1077 Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1079 return _core_
.Point___add__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1081 def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1083 __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1085 Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1087 return _core_
.Point___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1089 def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1091 __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1093 Add pt to this object.
1095 return _core_
.Point___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1097 def __isub__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1099 __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1101 Subtract pt from this object.
1103 return _core_
.Point___isub__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1105 def Set(*args
, **kwargs
):
1107 Set(self, long x, long y)
1109 Set both the x and y properties
1111 return _core_
.Point_Set(*args
, **kwargs
)
1113 def Get(*args
, **kwargs
):
1117 Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1119 return _core_
.Point_Get(*args
, **kwargs
)
1121 asTuple
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1122 def __str__(self
): return str(self
.Get())
1123 def __repr__(self
): return 'wx.Point'+str(self
.Get())
1124 def __len__(self
): return len(self
.Get())
1125 def __getitem__(self
, index
): return self
.Get()[index
]
1126 def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
):
1127 if index
== 0: self
.x
= val
1128 elif index
== 1: self
.y
= val
1129 else: raise IndexError
1130 def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.Get() != (0,0)
1131 __safe_for_unpickling__
= True
1132 def __reduce__(self
): return (wx
.Point
, self
.Get())
1135 class PointPtr(Point
):
1136 def __init__(self
, this
):
1138 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1139 self
.__class
__ = Point
1140 _core_
.Point_swigregister(PointPtr
)
1142 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1146 A class for representing and manipulating rectangles. It has x, y,
1147 width and height properties. In wxPython most palces that expect a
1148 wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1151 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxRect instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1152 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
1154 __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1156 Create a new Rect object.
1158 newobj
= _core_
.new_Rect(*args
, **kwargs
)
1159 self
.this
= newobj
.this
1162 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Rect
):
1165 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
1168 def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
):
1169 """GetX(self) -> int"""
1170 return _core_
.Rect_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
)
1172 def SetX(*args
, **kwargs
):
1173 """SetX(self, int x)"""
1174 return _core_
.Rect_SetX(*args
, **kwargs
)
1176 def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
):
1177 """GetY(self) -> int"""
1178 return _core_
.Rect_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
)
1180 def SetY(*args
, **kwargs
):
1181 """SetY(self, int y)"""
1182 return _core_
.Rect_SetY(*args
, **kwargs
)
1184 def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
1185 """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1186 return _core_
.Rect_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
1188 def SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
1189 """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1190 return _core_
.Rect_SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
1192 def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
):
1193 """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1194 return _core_
.Rect_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
)
1196 def SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
):
1197 """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1198 return _core_
.Rect_SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
)
1200 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
1201 """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1202 return _core_
.Rect_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
1204 def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
1205 """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1206 return _core_
.Rect_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
1208 def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
1209 """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1210 return _core_
.Rect_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
1212 def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
1213 """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1214 return _core_
.Rect_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
1216 def IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
):
1217 """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1218 return _core_
.Rect_IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
)
1220 def GetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
):
1221 """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1222 return _core_
.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
)
1224 def SetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
):
1225 """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1226 return _core_
.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
)
1228 def GetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
):
1229 """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1230 return _core_
.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
)
1232 def SetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
):
1233 """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1234 return _core_
.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
)
1236 def GetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
):
1237 """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1238 return _core_
.Rect_GetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
)
1240 def GetTop(*args
, **kwargs
):
1241 """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1242 return _core_
.Rect_GetTop(*args
, **kwargs
)
1244 def GetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
):
1245 """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1246 return _core_
.Rect_GetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
)
1248 def GetRight(*args
, **kwargs
):
1249 """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1250 return _core_
.Rect_GetRight(*args
, **kwargs
)
1252 def SetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
):
1253 """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1254 return _core_
.Rect_SetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
)
1256 def SetRight(*args
, **kwargs
):
1257 """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1258 return _core_
.Rect_SetRight(*args
, **kwargs
)
1260 def SetTop(*args
, **kwargs
):
1261 """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1262 return _core_
.Rect_SetTop(*args
, **kwargs
)
1264 def SetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
):
1265 """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1266 return _core_
.Rect_SetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
)
1268 position
= property(GetPosition
, SetPosition
)
1269 size
= property(GetSize
, SetSize
)
1270 left
= property(GetLeft
, SetLeft
)
1271 right
= property(GetRight
, SetRight
)
1272 top
= property(GetTop
, SetTop
)
1273 bottom
= property(GetBottom
, SetBottom
)
1275 def Inflate(*args
, **kwargs
):
1277 Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1279 Increases the size of the rectangle.
1281 The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1282 farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1283 bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1284 height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1285 respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1286 opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1289 The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1290 copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1293 copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1298 return _core_
.Rect_Inflate(*args
, **kwargs
)
1300 def Deflate(*args
, **kwargs
):
1302 Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1304 Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1305 in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b). Please refer to
1306 `Inflate` for a full description.
1308 return _core_
.Rect_Deflate(*args
, **kwargs
)
1310 def OffsetXY(*args
, **kwargs
):
1312 OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1314 Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1315 rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1316 bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1318 return _core_
.Rect_OffsetXY(*args
, **kwargs
)
1320 def Offset(*args
, **kwargs
):
1322 Offset(self, Point pt)
1324 Same as OffsetXY but uses dx,dy from Point
1326 return _core_
.Rect_Offset(*args
, **kwargs
)
1328 def Intersect(*args
, **kwargs
):
1330 Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1332 Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1334 return _core_
.Rect_Intersect(*args
, **kwargs
)
1336 def Union(*args
, **kwargs
):
1338 Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1340 Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1342 return _core_
.Rect_Union(*args
, **kwargs
)
1344 def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1346 __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1348 Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1350 return _core_
.Rect___add__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1352 def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1354 __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1356 Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1358 return _core_
.Rect___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1360 def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1362 __eq__(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1366 return _core_
.Rect___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1368 def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1370 __ne__(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1372 Test for inequality.
1374 return _core_
.Rect___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1376 def InsideXY(*args
, **kwargs
):
1378 InsideXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1380 Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1382 return _core_
.Rect_InsideXY(*args
, **kwargs
)
1384 def Inside(*args
, **kwargs
):
1386 Inside(self, Point pt) -> bool
1388 Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1390 return _core_
.Rect_Inside(*args
, **kwargs
)
1392 def Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
):
1394 Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1396 Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1398 return _core_
.Rect_Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
)
1400 x
= property(_core_
.Rect_x_get
, _core_
.Rect_x_set
)
1401 y
= property(_core_
.Rect_y_get
, _core_
.Rect_y_set
)
1402 width
= property(_core_
.Rect_width_get
, _core_
.Rect_width_set
)
1403 height
= property(_core_
.Rect_height_get
, _core_
.Rect_height_set
)
1404 def Set(*args
, **kwargs
):
1406 Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1408 Set all rectangle properties.
1410 return _core_
.Rect_Set(*args
, **kwargs
)
1412 def Get(*args
, **kwargs
):
1414 Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1416 Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1418 return _core_
.Rect_Get(*args
, **kwargs
)
1420 asTuple
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1421 def __str__(self
): return str(self
.Get())
1422 def __repr__(self
): return 'wx.Rect'+str(self
.Get())
1423 def __len__(self
): return len(self
.Get())
1424 def __getitem__(self
, index
): return self
.Get()[index
]
1425 def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
):
1426 if index
== 0: self
.x
= val
1427 elif index
== 1: self
.y
= val
1428 elif index
== 2: self
.width
= val
1429 elif index
== 3: self
.height
= val
1430 else: raise IndexError
1431 def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1432 __safe_for_unpickling__
= True
1433 def __reduce__(self
): return (wx
.Rect
, self
.Get())
1436 class RectPtr(Rect
):
1437 def __init__(self
, this
):
1439 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1440 self
.__class
__ = Rect
1441 _core_
.Rect_swigregister(RectPtr
)
1443 def RectPP(*args
, **kwargs
):
1445 RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1447 Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1449 val
= _core_
.new_RectPP(*args
, **kwargs
)
1453 def RectPS(*args
, **kwargs
):
1455 RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1457 Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1459 val
= _core_
.new_RectPS(*args
, **kwargs
)
1463 def RectS(*args
, **kwargs
):
1465 RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1467 Create a new Rect from a size only.
1469 val
= _core_
.new_RectS(*args
, **kwargs
)
1474 def IntersectRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
1476 IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1478 Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1480 return _core_
.IntersectRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
1481 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1483 class Point2D(object):
1485 wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1486 with floating point values.
1489 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPoint2D instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1490 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
1492 __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1494 Create a w.Point2D object.
1496 newobj
= _core_
.new_Point2D(*args
, **kwargs
)
1497 self
.this
= newobj
.this
1500 def GetFloor(*args
, **kwargs
):
1506 return _core_
.Point2D_GetFloor(*args
, **kwargs
)
1508 def GetRounded(*args
, **kwargs
):
1510 GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1514 return _core_
.Point2D_GetRounded(*args
, **kwargs
)
1516 def GetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
):
1517 """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1518 return _core_
.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
)
1520 def GetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
):
1521 """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1522 return _core_
.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
)
1524 def SetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
):
1525 """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1526 return _core_
.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
)
1528 def SetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
):
1529 """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1530 return _core_
.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
)
1532 def SetPolarCoordinates(self
, angle
, length
):
1533 self
.SetVectorLength(length
)
1534 self
.SetVectorAngle(angle
)
1535 def Normalize(self
):
1536 self
.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1538 def GetDistance(*args
, **kwargs
):
1539 """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1540 return _core_
.Point2D_GetDistance(*args
, **kwargs
)
1542 def GetDistanceSquare(*args
, **kwargs
):
1543 """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1544 return _core_
.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args
, **kwargs
)
1546 def GetDotProduct(*args
, **kwargs
):
1547 """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1548 return _core_
.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args
, **kwargs
)
1550 def GetCrossProduct(*args
, **kwargs
):
1551 """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1552 return _core_
.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args
, **kwargs
)
1554 def __neg__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1556 __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1558 the reflection of this point
1560 return _core_
.Point2D___neg__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1562 def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1563 """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1564 return _core_
.Point2D___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1566 def __isub__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1567 """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1568 return _core_
.Point2D___isub__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1570 def __imul__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1571 """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1572 return _core_
.Point2D___imul__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1574 def __idiv__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1575 """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1576 return _core_
.Point2D___idiv__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1578 def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1580 __eq__(self, Point2D pt) -> bool
1584 return _core_
.Point2D___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1586 def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
):
1588 __ne__(self, Point2D pt) -> bool
1592 return _core_
.Point2D___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
)
1594 x
= property(_core_
.Point2D_x_get
, _core_
.Point2D_x_set
)
1595 y
= property(_core_
.Point2D_y_get
, _core_
.Point2D_y_set
)
1596 def Set(*args
, **kwargs
):
1597 """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1598 return _core_
.Point2D_Set(*args
, **kwargs
)
1600 def Get(*args
, **kwargs
):
1604 Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1606 return _core_
.Point2D_Get(*args
, **kwargs
)
1608 asTuple
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1609 def __str__(self
): return str(self
.Get())
1610 def __repr__(self
): return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self
.Get())
1611 def __len__(self
): return len(self
.Get())
1612 def __getitem__(self
, index
): return self
.Get()[index
]
1613 def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
):
1614 if index
== 0: self
.x
= val
1615 elif index
== 1: self
.y
= val
1616 else: raise IndexError
1617 def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1618 __safe_for_unpickling__
= True
1619 def __reduce__(self
): return (wx
.Point2D
, self
.Get())
1622 class Point2DPtr(Point2D
):
1623 def __init__(self
, this
):
1625 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1626 self
.__class
__ = Point2D
1627 _core_
.Point2D_swigregister(Point2DPtr
)
1629 def Point2DCopy(*args
, **kwargs
):
1631 Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1633 Create a w.Point2D object.
1635 val
= _core_
.new_Point2DCopy(*args
, **kwargs
)
1639 def Point2DFromPoint(*args
, **kwargs
):
1641 Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1643 Create a w.Point2D object.
1645 val
= _core_
.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args
, **kwargs
)
1649 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1651 FromStart
= _core_
.FromStart
1652 FromCurrent
= _core_
.FromCurrent
1653 FromEnd
= _core_
.FromEnd
1654 class InputStream(object):
1655 """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1657 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyInputStream instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1658 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
1659 """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1660 newobj
= _core_
.new_InputStream(*args
, **kwargs
)
1661 self
.this
= newobj
.this
1664 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_InputStream
):
1667 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
1670 def close(*args
, **kwargs
):
1672 return _core_
.InputStream_close(*args
, **kwargs
)
1674 def flush(*args
, **kwargs
):
1676 return _core_
.InputStream_flush(*args
, **kwargs
)
1678 def eof(*args
, **kwargs
):
1679 """eof(self) -> bool"""
1680 return _core_
.InputStream_eof(*args
, **kwargs
)
1682 def read(*args
, **kwargs
):
1683 """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1684 return _core_
.InputStream_read(*args
, **kwargs
)
1686 def readline(*args
, **kwargs
):
1687 """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1688 return _core_
.InputStream_readline(*args
, **kwargs
)
1690 def readlines(*args
, **kwargs
):
1691 """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1692 return _core_
.InputStream_readlines(*args
, **kwargs
)
1694 def seek(*args
, **kwargs
):
1695 """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1696 return _core_
.InputStream_seek(*args
, **kwargs
)
1698 def tell(*args
, **kwargs
):
1699 """tell(self) -> int"""
1700 return _core_
.InputStream_tell(*args
, **kwargs
)
1702 def Peek(*args
, **kwargs
):
1703 """Peek(self) -> char"""
1704 return _core_
.InputStream_Peek(*args
, **kwargs
)
1706 def GetC(*args
, **kwargs
):
1707 """GetC(self) -> char"""
1708 return _core_
.InputStream_GetC(*args
, **kwargs
)
1710 def LastRead(*args
, **kwargs
):
1711 """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1712 return _core_
.InputStream_LastRead(*args
, **kwargs
)
1714 def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
):
1715 """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1716 return _core_
.InputStream_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
)
1718 def Eof(*args
, **kwargs
):
1719 """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1720 return _core_
.InputStream_Eof(*args
, **kwargs
)
1722 def Ungetch(*args
, **kwargs
):
1723 """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1724 return _core_
.InputStream_Ungetch(*args
, **kwargs
)
1726 def SeekI(*args
, **kwargs
):
1727 """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1728 return _core_
.InputStream_SeekI(*args
, **kwargs
)
1730 def TellI(*args
, **kwargs
):
1731 """TellI(self) -> long"""
1732 return _core_
.InputStream_TellI(*args
, **kwargs
)
1735 class InputStreamPtr(InputStream
):
1736 def __init__(self
, this
):
1738 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1739 self
.__class
__ = InputStream
1740 _core_
.InputStream_swigregister(InputStreamPtr
)
1741 DefaultPosition
= cvar
.DefaultPosition
1742 DefaultSize
= cvar
.DefaultSize
1744 class OutputStream(object):
1745 """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1746 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
1748 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxOutputStream instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1749 def write(*args
, **kwargs
):
1750 """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1751 return _core_
.OutputStream_write(*args
, **kwargs
)
1754 class OutputStreamPtr(OutputStream
):
1755 def __init__(self
, this
):
1757 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1758 self
.__class
__ = OutputStream
1759 _core_
.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStreamPtr
)
1761 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1763 class FSFile(Object
):
1764 """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1766 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFSFile instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1767 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
1769 __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1770 DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1772 newobj
= _core_
.new_FSFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
1773 self
.this
= newobj
.this
1776 self
.thisown
= 0 # It will normally be deleted by the user of the wx.FileSystem
1778 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_FSFile
):
1781 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
1784 def GetStream(*args
, **kwargs
):
1785 """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1786 return _core_
.FSFile_GetStream(*args
, **kwargs
)
1788 def GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
):
1789 """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1790 return _core_
.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
)
1792 def GetLocation(*args
, **kwargs
):
1793 """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1794 return _core_
.FSFile_GetLocation(*args
, **kwargs
)
1796 def GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
):
1797 """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1798 return _core_
.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
)
1800 def GetModificationTime(*args
, **kwargs
):
1801 """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1802 return _core_
.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args
, **kwargs
)
1805 class FSFilePtr(FSFile
):
1806 def __init__(self
, this
):
1808 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1809 self
.__class
__ = FSFile
1810 _core_
.FSFile_swigregister(FSFilePtr
)
1812 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1813 """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1814 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
1816 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFileSystemHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1818 class CPPFileSystemHandlerPtr(CPPFileSystemHandler
):
1819 def __init__(self
, this
):
1821 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1822 self
.__class
__ = CPPFileSystemHandler
1823 _core_
.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandlerPtr
)
1825 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
):
1826 """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1828 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyFileSystemHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1829 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
1830 """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1831 newobj
= _core_
.new_FileSystemHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
1832 self
.this
= newobj
.this
1835 self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, FileSystemHandler
)
1837 def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
):
1838 """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1839 return _core_
.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
)
1841 def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
):
1842 """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1843 return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
)
1845 def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
1846 """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1847 return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
1849 def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
):
1850 """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1851 return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
)
1853 def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
):
1854 """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1855 return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
)
1857 def GetProtocol(*args
, **kwargs
):
1858 """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1859 return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args
, **kwargs
)
1861 def GetLeftLocation(*args
, **kwargs
):
1862 """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1863 return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args
, **kwargs
)
1865 def GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
):
1866 """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1867 return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
)
1869 def GetRightLocation(*args
, **kwargs
):
1870 """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1871 return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args
, **kwargs
)
1873 def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args
, **kwargs
):
1874 """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1875 return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args
, **kwargs
)
1878 class FileSystemHandlerPtr(FileSystemHandler
):
1879 def __init__(self
, this
):
1881 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1882 self
.__class
__ = FileSystemHandler
1883 _core_
.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandlerPtr
)
1885 class FileSystem(Object
):
1886 """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1888 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFileSystem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1889 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
1890 """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1891 newobj
= _core_
.new_FileSystem(*args
, **kwargs
)
1892 self
.this
= newobj
.this
1895 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_FileSystem
):
1898 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
1901 def ChangePathTo(*args
, **kwargs
):
1902 """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1903 return _core_
.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args
, **kwargs
)
1905 def GetPath(*args
, **kwargs
):
1906 """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1907 return _core_
.FileSystem_GetPath(*args
, **kwargs
)
1909 def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
1910 """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1911 return _core_
.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
1913 def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
):
1914 """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1915 return _core_
.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
)
1917 def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
):
1918 """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1919 return _core_
.FileSystem_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
)
1921 def AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
1922 """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1923 return _core_
.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
1925 AddHandler
= staticmethod(AddHandler
)
1926 def CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
):
1927 """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1928 return _core_
.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
)
1930 CleanUpHandlers
= staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers
)
1931 def FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
):
1932 """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1933 return _core_
.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
)
1935 FileNameToURL
= staticmethod(FileNameToURL
)
1936 def URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
):
1937 """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1938 return _core_
.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
)
1940 URLToFileName
= staticmethod(URLToFileName
)
1942 class FileSystemPtr(FileSystem
):
1943 def __init__(self
, this
):
1945 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1946 self
.__class
__ = FileSystem
1947 _core_
.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystemPtr
)
1949 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
1950 """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1951 return _core_
.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
1953 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
):
1954 """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1955 return _core_
.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
)
1957 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
):
1958 """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1959 return _core_
.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
)
1961 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
):
1962 """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1963 return _core_
.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
)
1965 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
):
1966 """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1968 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxInternetFSHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1969 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
1970 """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1971 newobj
= _core_
.new_InternetFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
1972 self
.this
= newobj
.this
1975 def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
):
1976 """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1977 return _core_
.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
)
1979 def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
1980 """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1981 return _core_
.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
1984 class InternetFSHandlerPtr(InternetFSHandler
):
1985 def __init__(self
, this
):
1987 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
1988 self
.__class
__ = InternetFSHandler
1989 _core_
.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandlerPtr
)
1991 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
):
1992 """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1994 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxZipFSHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
1995 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
1996 """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1997 newobj
= _core_
.new_ZipFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
1998 self
.this
= newobj
.this
2001 def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
):
2002 """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2003 return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
)
2005 def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
2006 """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2007 return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
2009 def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
):
2010 """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2011 return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
)
2013 def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
):
2014 """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2015 return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
)
2018 class ZipFSHandlerPtr(ZipFSHandler
):
2019 def __init__(self
, this
):
2021 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
2022 self
.__class
__ = ZipFSHandler
2023 _core_
.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandlerPtr
)
2026 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args
, **kwargs
):
2027 """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
2028 return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_wxImage
(*args
, **kwargs
)
2030 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
):
2031 """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
2032 return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_wxBitmap
(*args
, **kwargs
)
2034 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args
, **kwargs
):
2035 """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
2036 return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_Data
(*args
, **kwargs
)
2037 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
=-1):
2039 Add 'file' to the memory filesystem. The dataItem parameter can
2040 either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
2041 arbitrary data. If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
2042 parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
2043 written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
2045 if isinstance(dataItem
, wx
.Image
):
2046 __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
)
2047 elif isinstance(dataItem
, wx
.Bitmap
):
2048 __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
)
2049 elif type(dataItem
) == str:
2050 __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename
, dataItem
)
2052 raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
2054 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
):
2055 """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
2057 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMemoryFSHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
2058 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
2059 """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
2060 newobj
= _core_
.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
2061 self
.this
= newobj
.this
2064 def RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
2065 """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2066 return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
2068 RemoveFile
= staticmethod(RemoveFile
)
2069 AddFile
= staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile
)
2070 def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
):
2071 """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
2072 return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
)
2074 def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
2075 """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
2076 return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
2078 def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
):
2079 """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
2080 return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
)
2082 def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
):
2083 """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2084 return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
)
2087 class MemoryFSHandlerPtr(MemoryFSHandler
):
2088 def __init__(self
, this
):
2090 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
2091 self
.__class
__ = MemoryFSHandler
2092 _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandlerPtr
)
2094 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
2095 """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2096 return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
2098 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
2099 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
2100 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
2101 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2103 class ImageHandler(Object
):
2105 This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2106 image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
2107 normally seen by the application.
2109 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
2111 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImageHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
2112 def GetName(*args
, **kwargs
):
2113 """GetName(self) -> String"""
2114 return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetName(*args
, **kwargs
)
2116 def GetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
):
2117 """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
2118 return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
)
2120 def GetType(*args
, **kwargs
):
2121 """GetType(self) -> long"""
2122 return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetType(*args
, **kwargs
)
2124 def GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
):
2125 """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2126 return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
)
2128 def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
):
2129 """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
2130 return _core_
.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
)
2132 def SetName(*args
, **kwargs
):
2133 """SetName(self, String name)"""
2134 return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetName(*args
, **kwargs
)
2136 def SetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
):
2137 """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2138 return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
)
2140 def SetType(*args
, **kwargs
):
2141 """SetType(self, long type)"""
2142 return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetType(*args
, **kwargs
)
2144 def SetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
):
2145 """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2146 return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
)
2149 class ImageHandlerPtr(ImageHandler
):
2150 def __init__(self
, this
):
2152 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
2153 self
.__class
__ = ImageHandler
2154 _core_
.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandlerPtr
)
2156 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler
):
2158 This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2159 image creation from data, all written in Python. To create a custom
2160 image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2161 the following methods::
2163 def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2164 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2166 def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2167 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2169 def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2170 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2171 this handler's image file format.'''
2173 def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2174 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2175 how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2177 To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2178 `wx.Image_AddHandler`. Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2179 `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2183 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyImageHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
2184 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
2186 __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2188 This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2189 image creation from data, all written in Python. To create a custom
2190 image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2191 the following methods::
2193 def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2194 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2196 def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2197 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2199 def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2200 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2201 this handler's image file format.'''
2203 def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2204 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2205 how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2207 To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2208 `wx.Image_AddHandler`. Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2209 `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2212 newobj
= _core_
.new_PyImageHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
2213 self
.this
= newobj
.this
2218 def _SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
):
2219 """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2220 return _core_
.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
)
2223 class PyImageHandlerPtr(PyImageHandler
):
2224 def __init__(self
, this
):
2226 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
2227 self
.__class
__ = PyImageHandler
2228 _core_
.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandlerPtr
)
2230 class ImageHistogram(object):
2231 """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2233 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImageHistogram instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
2234 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
2235 """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2236 newobj
= _core_
.new_ImageHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
)
2237 self
.this
= newobj
.this
2240 def MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
):
2242 MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2244 Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2246 return _core_
.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
)
2248 MakeKey
= staticmethod(MakeKey
)
2249 def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
2251 FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2253 Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2254 values than startR, startG, startB. Returns a tuple consisting of a
2255 success flag and rgb values.
2257 return _core_
.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
2259 def GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
):
2261 GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2263 Returns the pixel count for the given key. Use `MakeKey` to create a
2264 key value from a RGB tripple.
2266 return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
)
2268 def GetCountRGB(*args
, **kwargs
):
2270 GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2272 Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2274 return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args
, **kwargs
)
2276 def GetCountColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
2278 GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2280 Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2282 return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
2285 class ImageHistogramPtr(ImageHistogram
):
2286 def __init__(self
, this
):
2288 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
2289 self
.__class
__ = ImageHistogram
2290 _core_
.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogramPtr
)
2292 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
):
2294 ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2296 Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2298 return _core_
.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
)
2300 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2302 An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2303 the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2304 `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2308 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImage_RGBValue instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
2309 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
2311 __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2315 newobj
= _core_
.new_Image_RGBValue(*args
, **kwargs
)
2316 self
.this
= newobj
.this
2319 red
= property(_core_
.Image_RGBValue_red_get
, _core_
.Image_RGBValue_red_set
)
2320 green
= property(_core_
.Image_RGBValue_green_get
, _core_
.Image_RGBValue_green_set
)
2321 blue
= property(_core_
.Image_RGBValue_blue_get
, _core_
.Image_RGBValue_blue_set
)
2323 class Image_RGBValuePtr(Image_RGBValue
):
2324 def __init__(self
, this
):
2326 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
2327 self
.__class
__ = Image_RGBValue
2328 _core_
.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValuePtr
)
2330 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2332 An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2333 represent the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2334 `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2338 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImage_HSVValue instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
2339 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
2341 __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2345 newobj
= _core_
.new_Image_HSVValue(*args
, **kwargs
)
2346 self
.this
= newobj
.this
2349 hue
= property(_core_
.Image_HSVValue_hue_get
, _core_
.Image_HSVValue_hue_set
)
2350 saturation
= property(_core_
.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get
, _core_
.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set
)
2351 value
= property(_core_
.Image_HSVValue_value_get
, _core_
.Image_HSVValue_value_set
)
2353 class Image_HSVValuePtr(Image_HSVValue
):
2354 def __init__(self
, this
):
2356 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
2357 self
.__class
__ = Image_HSVValue
2358 _core_
.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValuePtr
)
2360 class Image(Object
):
2362 A platform-independent image class. An image can be created from
2363 data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2364 variety of formats. Functions are available to set and get image
2365 bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2367 A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`. Instead, a
2368 platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2369 `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2370 device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2372 One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2373 lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2376 wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2377 for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2378 stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2379 corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2380 means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2382 Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2383 `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2384 with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2385 with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2388 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImage instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
2389 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
2391 __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2393 Loads an image from a file.
2395 newobj
= _core_
.new_Image(*args
, **kwargs
)
2396 self
.this
= newobj
.this
2399 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Image
):
2402 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
2405 def Create(*args
, **kwargs
):
2407 Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2409 Creates a fresh image. If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2410 initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2412 return _core_
.Image_Create(*args
, **kwargs
)
2414 def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
):
2418 Destroys the image data.
2420 val
= _core_
.Image_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
)
2424 def Scale(*args
, **kwargs
):
2426 Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2428 Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2429 bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2430 `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.
2432 return _core_
.Image_Scale(*args
, **kwargs
)
2434 def ShrinkBy(*args
, **kwargs
):
2436 ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2438 Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2440 return _core_
.Image_ShrinkBy(*args
, **kwargs
)
2442 def Rescale(*args
, **kwargs
):
2444 Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2446 Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2447 this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2449 Returns the (modified) image itself.
2451 return _core_
.Image_Rescale(*args
, **kwargs
)
2453 def Resize(*args
, **kwargs
):
2455 Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2457 Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2458 either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2459 image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2460 colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2461 image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2462 colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2463 newly exposed areas.
2465 Returns the (modified) image itself.
2467 return _core_
.Image_Resize(*args
, **kwargs
)
2469 def SetRGB(*args
, **kwargs
):
2471 SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2473 Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2474 bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2475 manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2476 the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2477 get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2479 return _core_
.Image_SetRGB(*args
, **kwargs
)
2481 def SetRGBRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
2483 SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2485 Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2486 performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2487 safe way to manipulate the data.
2489 return _core_
.Image_SetRGBRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
2491 def GetRed(*args
, **kwargs
):
2493 GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2495 Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2497 return _core_
.Image_GetRed(*args
, **kwargs
)
2499 def GetGreen(*args
, **kwargs
):
2501 GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2503 Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2505 return _core_
.Image_GetGreen(*args
, **kwargs
)
2507 def GetBlue(*args
, **kwargs
):
2509 GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2511 Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2513 return _core_
.Image_GetBlue(*args
, **kwargs
)
2515 def SetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
):
2517 SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2519 Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2520 called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2523 return _core_
.Image_SetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
)
2525 def GetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
):
2527 GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2529 Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2530 called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2533 The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2534 corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2535 the fully opaque pixels.
2537 return _core_
.Image_GetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
)
2539 def HasAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
):
2541 HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2543 Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2545 return _core_
.Image_HasAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
)
2547 def InitAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
):
2551 Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2552 the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2553 default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2554 has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2556 return _core_
.Image_InitAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
)
2558 def IsTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
):
2560 IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2562 Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2563 than the spcified threshold.
2565 return _core_
.Image_IsTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
)
2567 def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
2569 FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2571 Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2572 values than startR, startG, startB. Returns a tuple consisting of a
2573 success flag and rgb values.
2575 return _core_
.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
2577 def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args
, **kwargs
):
2579 ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2581 If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2582 pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2583 mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2584 chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2586 If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2589 return _core_
.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args
, **kwargs
)
2591 def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
):
2593 ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2595 This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2596 only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2597 typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2598 drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2599 they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values. This
2600 method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2601 The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2603 return _core_
.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
)
2605 def SetMaskFromImage(*args
, **kwargs
):
2607 SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2609 Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2610 ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2611 by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2612 the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2613 image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2615 Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2616 image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2617 mask was successfully applied.
2619 Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2620 computationally intensive operation.
2622 return _core_
.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args
, **kwargs
)
2624 def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
):
2626 CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2628 Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2630 return _core_
.Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
)
2632 CanRead
= staticmethod(CanRead
)
2633 def GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
):
2635 GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2637 If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2638 is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2639 the number of available images.
2641 return _core_
.Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
)
2643 GetImageCount
= staticmethod(GetImageCount
)
2644 def LoadFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
2646 LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2648 Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2649 library will try to autodetect the format.
2651 return _core_
.Image_LoadFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
2653 def LoadMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
2655 LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2657 Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2660 return _core_
.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
2662 def SaveFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
2664 SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2666 Saves an image in the named file.
2668 return _core_
.Image_SaveFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
2670 def SaveMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
):
2672 SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2674 Saves an image in the named file.
2676 return _core_
.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
)
2678 def CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
):
2680 CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2682 Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2683 data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2686 return _core_
.Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
)
2688 CanReadStream
= staticmethod(CanReadStream
)
2689 def LoadStream(*args
, **kwargs
):
2691 LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2693 Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2694 object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2695 autodetect the format.
2697 return _core_
.Image_LoadStream(*args
, **kwargs
)
2699 def LoadMimeStream(*args
, **kwargs
):
2701 LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2703 Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2704 object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2706 return _core_
.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args
, **kwargs
)
2708 def Ok(*args
, **kwargs
):
2712 Returns true if image data is present.
2714 return _core_
.Image_Ok(*args
, **kwargs
)
2716 def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
2718 GetWidth(self) -> int
2720 Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2722 return _core_
.Image_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
2724 def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
):
2726 GetHeight(self) -> int
2728 Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2730 return _core_
.Image_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
)
2732 def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
2734 GetSize(self) -> Size
2736 Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2738 return _core_
.Image_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
2740 def GetSubImage(*args
, **kwargs
):
2742 GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2744 Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2745 entirely to the image.
2747 return _core_
.Image_GetSubImage(*args
, **kwargs
)
2749 def Size(*args
, **kwargs
):
2751 Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2753 Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2754 either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2755 image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2756 colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2757 image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2758 colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2759 newly exposed areas.
2761 return _core_
.Image_Size(*args
, **kwargs
)
2763 def Copy(*args
, **kwargs
):
2767 Returns an identical copy of the image.
2769 return _core_
.Image_Copy(*args
, **kwargs
)
2771 def Paste(*args
, **kwargs
):
2773 Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2775 Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2776 and any out of bounds problems.
2778 return _core_
.Image_Paste(*args
, **kwargs
)
2780 def GetData(*args
, **kwargs
):
2782 GetData(self) -> PyObject
2784 Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2786 return _core_
.Image_GetData(*args
, **kwargs
)
2788 def SetData(*args
, **kwargs
):
2790 SetData(self, buffer data)
2792 Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes. Accepts
2793 either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2794 the data must be width*height*3.
2796 return _core_
.Image_SetData(*args
, **kwargs
)
2798 def GetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
):
2800 GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2802 Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2803 image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2804 not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2806 return _core_
.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
)
2808 def SetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
):
2810 SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2812 Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2813 object. This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2814 ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2816 return _core_
.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
)
2818 def GetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
):
2820 GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2822 Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2824 return _core_
.Image_GetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
)
2826 def SetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
):
2828 SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2830 Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes. Accepts either
2831 a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2832 data must be width*height.
2834 return _core_
.Image_SetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
)
2836 def GetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
):
2837 """GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject"""
2838 return _core_
.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
)
2840 def SetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
):
2841 """SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)"""
2842 return _core_
.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
)
2844 def SetMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
2846 SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2848 Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2851 return _core_
.Image_SetMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
2853 def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
2855 GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2857 Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2859 return _core_
.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
2861 def GetMaskRed(*args
, **kwargs
):
2863 GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2865 Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2867 return _core_
.Image_GetMaskRed(*args
, **kwargs
)
2869 def GetMaskGreen(*args
, **kwargs
):
2871 GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2873 Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2875 return _core_
.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args
, **kwargs
)
2877 def GetMaskBlue(*args
, **kwargs
):
2879 GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2881 Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2883 return _core_
.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args
, **kwargs
)
2885 def SetMask(*args
, **kwargs
):
2887 SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2889 Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2890 determined by the current mask colour.
2892 return _core_
.Image_SetMask(*args
, **kwargs
)
2894 def HasMask(*args
, **kwargs
):
2896 HasMask(self) -> bool
2898 Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2900 return _core_
.Image_HasMask(*args
, **kwargs
)
2902 def Rotate(*args
, **kwargs
):
2904 Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2905 Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2907 Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2908 ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2909 slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2910 uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2911 will be used as the fill colour.
2913 Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2915 return _core_
.Image_Rotate(*args
, **kwargs
)
2917 def Rotate90(*args
, **kwargs
):
2919 Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2921 Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2922 indicated by ``clockwise``.
2924 return _core_
.Image_Rotate90(*args
, **kwargs
)
2926 def Mirror(*args
, **kwargs
):
2928 Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2930 Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2931 indicates the orientation.
2933 return _core_
.Image_Mirror(*args
, **kwargs
)
2935 def Replace(*args
, **kwargs
):
2937 Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2939 Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2942 return _core_
.Image_Replace(*args
, **kwargs
)
2944 def ConvertToGreyscale(*args
, **kwargs
):
2946 ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2948 Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2949 image. The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2950 defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2952 return _core_
.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args
, **kwargs
)
2954 def ConvertToMono(*args
, **kwargs
):
2956 ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2958 Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2959 white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2960 colour everywhere else.
2962 return _core_
.Image_ConvertToMono(*args
, **kwargs
)
2964 def SetOption(*args
, **kwargs
):
2966 SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2968 Sets an image handler defined option. For example, when saving as a
2969 JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2970 number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2972 return _core_
.Image_SetOption(*args
, **kwargs
)
2974 def SetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
):
2976 SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2978 Sets an image option as an integer.
2980 return _core_
.Image_SetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
)
2982 def GetOption(*args
, **kwargs
):
2984 GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2986 Gets the value of an image handler option.
2988 return _core_
.Image_GetOption(*args
, **kwargs
)
2990 def GetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
):
2992 GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2994 Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer. If the given
2995 option is not present, the function returns 0.
2997 return _core_
.Image_GetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
)
2999 def HasOption(*args
, **kwargs
):
3001 HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
3003 Returns true if the given option is present.
3005 return _core_
.Image_HasOption(*args
, **kwargs
)
3007 def CountColours(*args
, **kwargs
):
3008 """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
3009 return _core_
.Image_CountColours(*args
, **kwargs
)
3011 def ComputeHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
):
3012 """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
3013 return _core_
.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
)
3015 def AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
3016 """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3017 return _core_
.Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3019 AddHandler
= staticmethod(AddHandler
)
3020 def InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
3021 """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3022 return _core_
.Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3024 InsertHandler
= staticmethod(InsertHandler
)
3025 def RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
3026 """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3027 return _core_
.Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3029 RemoveHandler
= staticmethod(RemoveHandler
)
3030 def GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
):
3032 GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3034 Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3035 containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3038 return _core_
.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
)
3040 GetImageExtWildcard
= staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard
)
3041 def ConvertToBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
):
3042 """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
3043 return _core_
.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
)
3045 def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
):
3046 """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
3047 return _core_
.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
)
3049 def RotateHue(*args
, **kwargs
):
3051 RotateHue(self, double angle)
3053 Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
3054 range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
3056 return _core_
.Image_RotateHue(*args
, **kwargs
)
3058 def RGBtoHSV(*args
, **kwargs
):
3060 RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3062 Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3064 return _core_
.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args
, **kwargs
)
3066 RGBtoHSV
= staticmethod(RGBtoHSV
)
3067 def HSVtoRGB(*args
, **kwargs
):
3069 HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3071 Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3073 return _core_
.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args
, **kwargs
)
3075 HSVtoRGB
= staticmethod(HSVtoRGB
)
3076 def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.Ok()
3078 class ImagePtr(Image
):
3079 def __init__(self
, this
):
3081 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3082 self
.__class
__ = Image
3083 _core_
.Image_swigregister(ImagePtr
)
3085 def ImageFromMime(*args
, **kwargs
):
3087 ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3089 Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
3090 'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
3092 val
= _core_
.new_ImageFromMime(*args
, **kwargs
)
3096 def ImageFromStream(*args
, **kwargs
):
3098 ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
3100 Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3103 val
= _core_
.new_ImageFromStream(*args
, **kwargs
)
3107 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args
, **kwargs
):
3109 ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3111 Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3112 object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
3114 val
= _core_
.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args
, **kwargs
)
3118 def EmptyImage(*args
, **kwargs
):
3120 EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
3122 Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
3125 val
= _core_
.new_EmptyImage(*args
, **kwargs
)
3129 def ImageFromBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
):
3131 ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
3133 Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
3135 val
= _core_
.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
)
3139 def ImageFromData(*args
, **kwargs
):
3141 ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
3143 Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes. Accepts either a
3144 string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
3145 must be width*height*3.
3147 val
= _core_
.new_ImageFromData(*args
, **kwargs
)
3151 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
):
3153 ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
3155 Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
3156 Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
3157 length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
3158 alpha data must be width*height bytes.
3160 val
= _core_
.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
)
3164 def Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
):
3166 Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
3168 Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
3170 return _core_
.Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
)
3172 def Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
):
3174 Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
3176 If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
3177 is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
3178 the number of available images.
3180 return _core_
.Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
)
3182 def Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
):
3184 Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
3186 Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
3187 data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
3190 return _core_
.Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
)
3192 def Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
3193 """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3194 return _core_
.Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3196 def Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
3197 """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3198 return _core_
.Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3200 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
3201 """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3202 return _core_
.Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3204 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
):
3206 Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3208 Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3209 containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3212 return _core_
.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
)
3214 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args
, **kwargs
):
3216 Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3218 Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3220 return _core_
.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args
, **kwargs
)
3222 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args
, **kwargs
):
3224 Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3226 Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3228 return _core_
.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args
, **kwargs
)
3230 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3232 The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3233 the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3237 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
= _core_
.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3238 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
= _core_
.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3239 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3240 PNG_TYPE_GREY
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3241 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3242 BMP_24BPP
= _core_
.BMP_24BPP
3243 BMP_8BPP
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP
3244 BMP_8BPP_GREY
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3245 BMP_8BPP_GRAY
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3246 BMP_8BPP_RED
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_RED
3247 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3248 BMP_4BPP
= _core_
.BMP_4BPP
3249 BMP_1BPP
= _core_
.BMP_1BPP
3250 BMP_1BPP_BW
= _core_
.BMP_1BPP_BW
3251 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler
):
3252 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3254 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxBMPHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3255 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3257 __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3259 A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3261 newobj
= _core_
.new_BMPHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3262 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3266 class BMPHandlerPtr(BMPHandler
):
3267 def __init__(self
, this
):
3269 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3270 self
.__class
__ = BMPHandler
3271 _core_
.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandlerPtr
)
3272 NullImage
= cvar
.NullImage
3273 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3274 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3275 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3276 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3277 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3278 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3279 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3280 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3281 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3282 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3283 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3284 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3285 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3286 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3287 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3289 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler
):
3290 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3292 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxICOHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3293 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3295 __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3297 A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3299 newobj
= _core_
.new_ICOHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3300 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3304 class ICOHandlerPtr(ICOHandler
):
3305 def __init__(self
, this
):
3307 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3308 self
.__class
__ = ICOHandler
3309 _core_
.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandlerPtr
)
3311 class CURHandler(ICOHandler
):
3312 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3314 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxCURHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3315 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3317 __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3319 A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3321 newobj
= _core_
.new_CURHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3322 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3326 class CURHandlerPtr(CURHandler
):
3327 def __init__(self
, this
):
3329 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3330 self
.__class
__ = CURHandler
3331 _core_
.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandlerPtr
)
3333 class ANIHandler(CURHandler
):
3334 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3336 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxANIHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3337 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3339 __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3341 A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3343 newobj
= _core_
.new_ANIHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3344 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3348 class ANIHandlerPtr(ANIHandler
):
3349 def __init__(self
, this
):
3351 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3352 self
.__class
__ = ANIHandler
3353 _core_
.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandlerPtr
)
3355 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler
):
3356 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3358 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPNGHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3359 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3361 __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3363 A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3365 newobj
= _core_
.new_PNGHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3366 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3370 class PNGHandlerPtr(PNGHandler
):
3371 def __init__(self
, this
):
3373 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3374 self
.__class
__ = PNGHandler
3375 _core_
.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandlerPtr
)
3377 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler
):
3378 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3380 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGIFHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3381 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3383 __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3385 A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3387 newobj
= _core_
.new_GIFHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3388 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3392 class GIFHandlerPtr(GIFHandler
):
3393 def __init__(self
, this
):
3395 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3396 self
.__class
__ = GIFHandler
3397 _core_
.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandlerPtr
)
3399 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler
):
3400 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3402 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPCXHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3403 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3405 __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3407 A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3409 newobj
= _core_
.new_PCXHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3410 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3414 class PCXHandlerPtr(PCXHandler
):
3415 def __init__(self
, this
):
3417 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3418 self
.__class
__ = PCXHandler
3419 _core_
.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandlerPtr
)
3421 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler
):
3422 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3424 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxJPEGHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3425 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3427 __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3429 A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3431 newobj
= _core_
.new_JPEGHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3432 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3436 class JPEGHandlerPtr(JPEGHandler
):
3437 def __init__(self
, this
):
3439 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3440 self
.__class
__ = JPEGHandler
3441 _core_
.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandlerPtr
)
3443 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler
):
3444 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3446 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPNMHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3447 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3449 __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3451 A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3453 newobj
= _core_
.new_PNMHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3454 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3458 class PNMHandlerPtr(PNMHandler
):
3459 def __init__(self
, this
):
3461 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3462 self
.__class
__ = PNMHandler
3463 _core_
.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandlerPtr
)
3465 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler
):
3466 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3468 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxXPMHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3469 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3471 __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3473 A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3475 newobj
= _core_
.new_XPMHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3476 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3480 class XPMHandlerPtr(XPMHandler
):
3481 def __init__(self
, this
):
3483 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3484 self
.__class
__ = XPMHandler
3485 _core_
.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandlerPtr
)
3487 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler
):
3488 """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3490 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxTIFFHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3491 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3493 __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3495 A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3497 newobj
= _core_
.new_TIFFHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3498 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3502 class TIFFHandlerPtr(TIFFHandler
):
3503 def __init__(self
, this
):
3505 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3506 self
.__class
__ = TIFFHandler
3507 _core_
.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandlerPtr
)
3509 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
= _core_
.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3510 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
= _core_
.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3511 class Quantize(object):
3512 """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3513 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
3515 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxQuantize instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3516 def Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
):
3518 Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3520 Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3521 destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3522 needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3524 return _core_
.Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
)
3526 Quantize
= staticmethod(Quantize
)
3528 class QuantizePtr(Quantize
):
3529 def __init__(self
, this
):
3531 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3532 self
.__class
__ = Quantize
3533 _core_
.Quantize_swigregister(QuantizePtr
)
3535 def Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
):
3537 Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3539 Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3540 destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3541 needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3543 return _core_
.Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
)
3545 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3547 class EvtHandler(Object
):
3548 """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3550 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEvtHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
3551 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
3552 """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3553 newobj
= _core_
.new_EvtHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3554 self
.this
= newobj
.this
3557 def GetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
3558 """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3559 return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3561 def GetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
3562 """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3563 return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3565 def SetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
3566 """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3567 return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3569 def SetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
3570 """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3571 return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
3573 def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
):
3574 """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3575 return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
)
3577 def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
):
3578 """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3579 return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
)
3581 def ProcessEvent(*args
, **kwargs
):
3582 """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3583 return _core_
.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
3585 def AddPendingEvent(*args
, **kwargs
):
3586 """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3587 return _core_
.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
3589 def ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
):
3590 """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3591 return _core_
.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
)
3593 def Connect(*args
, **kwargs
):
3594 """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3595 return _core_
.EvtHandler_Connect(*args
, **kwargs
)
3597 def Disconnect(*args
, **kwargs
):
3598 """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3599 return _core_
.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args
, **kwargs
)
3601 def _setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
):
3602 """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3603 val
= _core_
.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
)
3607 def Bind(self
, event
, handler
, source
=None, id=wx
.ID_ANY
, id2
=wx
.ID_ANY
):
3609 Bind an event to an event handler.
3611 :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3612 type of event to bind,
3614 :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3615 event is delivered to self. Pass None to
3616 disconnect an event handler.
3618 :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3619 different window than self, but you still
3620 want to catch it in self. (For example, a
3621 button event delivered to a frame.) By
3622 passing the source of the event, the event
3623 handling system is able to differentiate
3624 between the same event type from different
3627 :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3630 :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3631 to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3633 if source
is not None:
3635 event
.Bind(self
, id, id2
, handler
)
3637 def Unbind(self
, event
, source
=None, id=wx
.ID_ANY
, id2
=wx
.ID_ANY
):
3639 Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3640 Returns True if successful.
3642 if source
is not None:
3644 return event
.Unbind(self
, id, id2
)
3647 class EvtHandlerPtr(EvtHandler
):
3648 def __init__(self
, this
):
3650 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
3651 self
.__class
__ = EvtHandler
3652 _core_
.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandlerPtr
)
3654 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3656 class PyEventBinder(object):
3658 Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3661 def __init__(self
, evtType
, expectedIDs
=0):
3662 if expectedIDs
not in [0, 1, 2]:
3663 raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3664 self
.expectedIDs
= expectedIDs
3666 if type(evtType
) == list or type(evtType
) == tuple:
3667 self
.evtType
= evtType
3669 self
.evtType
= [evtType
]
3672 def Bind(self
, target
, id1
, id2
, function
):
3673 """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3674 for et
in self
.evtType
:
3675 target
.Connect(id1
, id2
, et
, function
)
3678 def Unbind(self
, target
, id1
, id2
):
3679 """Remove an event binding."""
3681 for et
in self
.evtType
:
3682 success
+= target
.Disconnect(id1
, id2
, et
)
3686 def __call__(self
, *args
):
3688 For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3689 Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3690 func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3693 assert len(args
) == 2 + self
.expectedIDs
3697 if self
.expectedIDs
== 0:
3699 elif self
.expectedIDs
== 1:
3702 elif self
.expectedIDs
== 2:
3707 raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3709 self
.Bind(target
, id1
, id2
, func
)
3712 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3713 def EVT_COMMAND(win
, id, cmd
, func
):
3714 win
.Connect(id, -1, cmd
, func
)
3715 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win
, id1
, id2
, cmd
, func
):
3716 win
.Connect(id1
, id2
, cmd
, func
)
3719 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3721 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3723 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
= _core_
.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3724 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
= _core_
.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3726 def NewEventType(*args
, **kwargs
):
3727 """NewEventType() -> wxEventType"""
3728 return _core_
.NewEventType(*args
, **kwargs
)
3729 wxEVT_NULL
= _core_
.wxEVT_NULL
3730 wxEVT_FIRST
= _core_
.wxEVT_FIRST
3731 wxEVT_USER_FIRST
= _core_
.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3732 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3733 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3734 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3735 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3736 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3737 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3738 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3739 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3740 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3741 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3742 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3743 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3744 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3745 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3746 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3747 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3748 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3749 wxEVT_LEFT_UP
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3750 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3751 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3752 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3753 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3754 wxEVT_MOTION
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOTION
3755 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
= _core_
.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3756 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3757 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3758 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3759 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3760 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
= _core_
.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3761 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
= _core_
.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3762 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3763 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3764 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3765 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3766 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3767 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3768 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3769 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3770 wxEVT_NC_MOTION
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3771 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3772 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3773 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3774 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3775 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3776 wxEVT_CHAR
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHAR
3777 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3778 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
= _core_
.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3779 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3780 wxEVT_KEY_UP
= _core_
.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3781 wxEVT_HOTKEY
= _core_
.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3782 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
= _core_
.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3783 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3784 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3785 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3786 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3787 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3788 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3789 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3790 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3791 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3792 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL
= wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3793 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3794 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3795 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3796 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3797 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3798 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3799 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3800 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3801 wxEVT_SIZE
= _core_
.wxEVT_SIZE
3802 wxEVT_MOVE
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOVE
3803 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
= _core_
.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3804 wxEVT_END_SESSION
= _core_
.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3805 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
= _core_
.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3806 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
= _core_
.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3807 wxEVT_POWER
= _core_
.wxEVT_POWER
3808 wxEVT_ACTIVATE
= _core_
.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3809 wxEVT_CREATE
= _core_
.wxEVT_CREATE
3810 wxEVT_DESTROY
= _core_
.wxEVT_DESTROY
3811 wxEVT_SHOW
= _core_
.wxEVT_SHOW
3812 wxEVT_ICONIZE
= _core_
.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3813 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
= _core_
.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3814 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3815 wxEVT_PAINT
= _core_
.wxEVT_PAINT
3816 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
= _core_
.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3817 wxEVT_NC_PAINT
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3818 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
= _core_
.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3819 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3820 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3821 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3822 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
= _core_
.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3823 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
= _core_
.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3824 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
= _core_
.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3825 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
= _core_
.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3826 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
= _core_
.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3827 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
= _core_
.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3828 wxEVT_DROP_FILES
= _core_
.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3829 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
= _core_
.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3830 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
= _core_
.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3831 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3832 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
= _core_
.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3833 wxEVT_IDLE
= _core_
.wxEVT_IDLE
3834 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
= _core_
.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3835 wxEVT_SIZING
= _core_
.wxEVT_SIZING
3836 wxEVT_MOVING
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOVING
3837 wxEVT_HIBERNATE
= _core_
.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3838 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3839 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3840 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3841 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3842 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3843 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3844 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3846 # Create some event binders
3847 EVT_SIZE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE
)
3848 EVT_SIZING
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING
)
3849 EVT_MOVE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE
)
3850 EVT_MOVING
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING
)
3851 EVT_CLOSE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
)
3852 EVT_END_SESSION
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION
)
3853 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
)
3854 EVT_PAINT
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT
)
3855 EVT_NC_PAINT
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT
)
3856 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
)
3857 EVT_CHAR
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR
)
3858 EVT_KEY_DOWN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
)
3859 EVT_KEY_UP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP
)
3860 EVT_HOTKEY
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY
, 1)
3861 EVT_CHAR_HOOK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
)
3862 EVT_MENU_OPEN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
)
3863 EVT_MENU_CLOSE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
)
3864 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
, 1)
3865 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
)
3866 EVT_SET_FOCUS
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
)
3867 EVT_KILL_FOCUS
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
)
3868 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
)
3869 EVT_ACTIVATE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE
)
3870 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
)
3871 EVT_HIBERNATE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE
)
3872 EVT_END_SESSION
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION
)
3873 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
)
3874 EVT_DROP_FILES
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES
)
3875 EVT_INIT_DIALOG
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
)
3876 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
)
3877 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
)
3878 EVT_SHOW
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW
)
3879 EVT_MAXIMIZE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
)
3880 EVT_ICONIZE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE
)
3881 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
)
3882 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
)
3883 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
)
3884 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE
)
3885 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY
)
3886 EVT_SET_CURSOR
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
)
3887 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
)
3889 EVT_LEFT_DOWN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
)
3890 EVT_LEFT_UP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP
)
3891 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
)
3892 EVT_MIDDLE_UP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
)
3893 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
)
3894 EVT_RIGHT_UP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
)
3895 EVT_MOTION
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION
)
3896 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
)
3897 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
)
3898 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
)
3899 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
)
3900 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
)
3901 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
)
3903 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
,
3911 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
,
3919 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3920 EVT_SCROLLWIN
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
,
3921 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
,
3922 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
,
3923 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
,
3924 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
,
3925 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
,
3926 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
,
3927 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
,
3930 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
)
3931 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
)
3932 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
)
3933 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
)
3934 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
)
3935 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
)
3936 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
)
3937 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
)
3939 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3940 EVT_SCROLL
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
,
3941 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
,
3942 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
,
3943 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
,
3944 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
,
3945 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
,
3946 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
,
3947 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
,
3948 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
,
3951 EVT_SCROLL_TOP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
)
3952 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
)
3953 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
)
3954 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
)
3955 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
)
3956 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
)
3957 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
)
3958 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
)
3959 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
)
3960 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL
= EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3962 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3963 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
,
3964 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
,
3965 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
,
3966 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
,
3967 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
,
3968 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
,
3969 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
,
3970 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
,
3971 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
,
3974 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
, 1)
3975 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
, 1)
3976 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
, 1)
3977 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
, 1)
3978 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
, 1)
3979 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
, 1)
3980 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
, 1)
3981 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
, 1)
3982 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
, 1)
3983 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL
= EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3985 EVT_BUTTON
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
, 1)
3986 EVT_CHECKBOX
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
, 1)
3987 EVT_CHOICE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
, 1)
3988 EVT_LISTBOX
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
, 1)
3989 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
, 1)
3990 EVT_MENU
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
, 1)
3991 EVT_MENU_RANGE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
, 2)
3992 EVT_SLIDER
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
, 1)
3993 EVT_RADIOBOX
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
, 1)
3994 EVT_RADIOBUTTON
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
, 1)
3996 EVT_SCROLLBAR
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
, 1)
3997 EVT_VLBOX
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
, 1)
3998 EVT_COMBOBOX
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
, 1)
3999 EVT_TOOL
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
, 1)
4000 EVT_TOOL_RANGE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
, 2)
4001 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
, 1)
4002 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
, 2)
4003 EVT_TOOL_ENTER
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
, 1)
4004 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
, 1)
4007 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
, 1)
4008 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
, 1)
4009 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
, 1)
4010 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
, 1)
4011 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
, 1)
4012 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
, 1)
4013 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
, 1)
4015 EVT_IDLE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE
)
4017 EVT_UPDATE_UI
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
, 1)
4018 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
, 2)
4020 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
)
4024 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4026 class Event(Object
):
4028 An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
4029 callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
4032 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
4034 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
4035 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Event
):
4038 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
4041 def SetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
):
4043 SetEventType(self, wxEventType typ)
4045 Sets the specific type of the event.
4047 return _core_
.Event_SetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
)
4049 def GetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
):
4051 GetEventType(self) -> wxEventType
4053 Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
4054 ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
4056 return _core_
.Event_GetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
)
4058 def GetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
):
4060 GetEventObject(self) -> Object
4062 Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
4065 return _core_
.Event_GetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
)
4067 def SetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
):
4069 SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
4071 Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
4072 object that is sending the event.
4074 return _core_
.Event_SetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
)
4076 def GetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
):
4077 """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
4078 return _core_
.Event_GetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
)
4080 def SetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
):
4081 """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
4082 return _core_
.Event_SetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
)
4084 def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
):
4088 Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
4091 return _core_
.Event_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
)
4093 def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
):
4097 Set's the ID for the event. This is usually the ID of the window that
4098 is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
4101 return _core_
.Event_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
)
4103 def IsCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
):
4105 IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
4107 Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
4108 it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
4110 return _core_
.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
4112 def Skip(*args
, **kwargs
):
4114 Skip(self, bool skip=True)
4116 Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
4117 handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
4118 handler returns. Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
4119 additional event handlers from being called and control will be
4120 returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
4121 handler has finished. Skip(True) will cause the event processing
4122 system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
4125 return _core_
.Event_Skip(*args
, **kwargs
)
4127 def GetSkipped(*args
, **kwargs
):
4129 GetSkipped(self) -> bool
4131 Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
4134 return _core_
.Event_GetSkipped(*args
, **kwargs
)
4136 def ShouldPropagate(*args
, **kwargs
):
4138 ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
4140 Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
4141 i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
4143 return _core_
.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args
, **kwargs
)
4145 def StopPropagation(*args
, **kwargs
):
4147 StopPropagation(self) -> int
4149 Stop the event from propagating to its parent window. Returns the old
4150 propagation level value which may be later passed to
4151 `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
4153 return _core_
.Event_StopPropagation(*args
, **kwargs
)
4155 def ResumePropagation(*args
, **kwargs
):
4157 ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
4159 Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level. (For
4160 example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
4164 return _core_
.Event_ResumePropagation(*args
, **kwargs
)
4166 def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
):
4167 """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4168 return _core_
.Event_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
)
4171 class EventPtr(Event
):
4172 def __init__(self
, this
):
4174 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
4175 self
.__class
__ = Event
4176 _core_
.Event_swigregister(EventPtr
)
4178 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4180 class PropagationDisabler(object):
4182 Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate. Simply
4183 create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4184 propogation of the event will be restored.
4187 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPropagationDisabler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
4188 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
4190 __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
4192 Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate. Simply
4193 create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4194 propogation of the event will be restored.
4196 newobj
= _core_
.new_PropagationDisabler(*args
, **kwargs
)
4197 self
.this
= newobj
.this
4200 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PropagationDisabler
):
4203 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
4207 class PropagationDisablerPtr(PropagationDisabler
):
4208 def __init__(self
, this
):
4210 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
4211 self
.__class
__ = PropagationDisabler
4212 _core_
.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisablerPtr
)
4214 class PropagateOnce(object):
4216 A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4217 event. Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4218 destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4221 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPropagateOnce instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
4222 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
4224 __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
4226 A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4227 event. Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4228 destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4230 newobj
= _core_
.new_PropagateOnce(*args
, **kwargs
)
4231 self
.this
= newobj
.this
4234 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PropagateOnce
):
4237 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
4241 class PropagateOncePtr(PropagateOnce
):
4242 def __init__(self
, this
):
4244 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
4245 self
.__class
__ = PropagateOnce
4246 _core_
.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOncePtr
)
4248 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4250 class CommandEvent(Event
):
4252 This event class contains information about command events, which
4253 originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4257 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxCommandEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
4258 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
4260 __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
4262 This event class contains information about command events, which
4263 originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4266 newobj
= _core_
.new_CommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
4267 self
.this
= newobj
.this
4270 def GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
):
4272 GetSelection(self) -> int
4274 Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4277 return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
)
4279 def SetString(*args
, **kwargs
):
4280 """SetString(self, String s)"""
4281 return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetString(*args
, **kwargs
)
4283 def GetString(*args
, **kwargs
):
4285 GetString(self) -> String
4287 Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4290 return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetString(*args
, **kwargs
)
4292 def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
):
4294 IsChecked(self) -> bool
4296 This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
4297 checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
4298 for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
4299 the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
4300 makes sense for checkable menu items).
4302 return _core_
.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
)
4305 def IsSelection(*args
, **kwargs
):
4307 IsSelection(self) -> bool
4309 For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
4310 false if it is a deselection.
4312 return _core_
.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args
, **kwargs
)
4314 def SetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
):
4315 """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
4316 return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
)
4318 def GetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
):
4320 GetExtraLong(self) -> long
4322 Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
4323 event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
4324 whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
4325 listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
4326 this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
4327 listbox must be examined by the application.
4329 return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
)
4331 def SetInt(*args
, **kwargs
):
4332 """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4333 return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args
, **kwargs
)
4335 def GetInt(*args
, **kwargs
):
4337 GetInt(self) -> long
4339 Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4340 radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4341 deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4343 return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args
, **kwargs
)
4345 def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
):
4346 """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4347 return _core_
.CommandEvent_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
)
4350 class CommandEventPtr(CommandEvent
):
4351 def __init__(self
, this
):
4353 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
4354 self
.__class
__ = CommandEvent
4355 _core_
.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEventPtr
)
4357 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4359 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent
):
4361 An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4362 a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4363 allows that change to be prevented from happening. The event handler
4364 can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4367 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxNotifyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
4368 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
4370 __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4372 An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4373 a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4374 allows that change to be prevented from happening. The event handler
4375 can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4377 newobj
= _core_
.new_NotifyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
4378 self
.this
= newobj
.this
4381 def Veto(*args
, **kwargs
):
4385 Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4387 It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4388 vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4389 just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4391 return _core_
.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args
, **kwargs
)
4393 def Allow(*args
, **kwargs
):
4397 This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4398 processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4399 the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4400 will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4402 return _core_
.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args
, **kwargs
)
4404 def IsAllowed(*args
, **kwargs
):
4406 IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4408 Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4409 false otherwise (if it was).
4411 return _core_
.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args
, **kwargs
)
4414 class NotifyEventPtr(NotifyEvent
):
4415 def __init__(self
, this
):
4417 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
4418 self
.__class
__ = NotifyEvent
4419 _core_
.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEventPtr
)
4421 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4423 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent
):
4425 A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4426 scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4427 instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4431 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxScrollEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
4432 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
4434 __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4435 int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4437 newobj
= _core_
.new_ScrollEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
4438 self
.this
= newobj
.this
4441 def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
):
4443 GetOrientation(self) -> int
4445 Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4448 return _core_
.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
)
4450 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
4452 GetPosition(self) -> int
4454 Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4456 return _core_
.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
4458 def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
):
4459 """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4460 return _core_
.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
)
4462 def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
4463 """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4464 return _core_
.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
4467 class ScrollEventPtr(ScrollEvent
):
4468 def __init__(self
, this
):
4470 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
4471 self
.__class
__ = ScrollEvent
4472 _core_
.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEventPtr
)
4474 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4476 class ScrollWinEvent(Event
):
4478 A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4482 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxScrollWinEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
4483 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
4485 __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4487 A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4490 newobj
= _core_
.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
4491 self
.this
= newobj
.this
4494 def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
):
4496 GetOrientation(self) -> int
4498 Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4501 return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
)
4503 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
4505 GetPosition(self) -> int
4507 Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4508 events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4509 need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4511 return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
4513 def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
):
4514 """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4515 return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
)
4517 def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
4518 """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4519 return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
4522 class ScrollWinEventPtr(ScrollWinEvent
):
4523 def __init__(self
, this
):
4525 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
4526 self
.__class
__ = ScrollWinEvent
4527 _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEventPtr
)
4529 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4531 MOUSE_BTN_ANY
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4532 MOUSE_BTN_NONE
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4533 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4534 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4535 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4536 class MouseEvent(Event
):
4538 This event class contains information about the events generated by
4539 the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4542 All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4543 the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4544 ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4545 a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4548 Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4549 the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4550 button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4551 currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4552 mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4553 is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4554 `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4555 underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4556 applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4559 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMouseEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
4560 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
4562 __init__(self, wxEventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4564 Constructs a wx.MouseEvent. Valid event types are:
4566 * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4567 * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4573 * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4576 * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4580 newobj
= _core_
.new_MouseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
4581 self
.this
= newobj
.this
4584 def IsButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
4586 IsButton(self) -> bool
4588 Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4589 button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4591 return _core_
.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
4593 def ButtonDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4595 ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4597 If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4598 mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4599 button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4602 return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4604 def ButtonDClick(*args
, **kwargs
):
4606 ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4608 If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4609 mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4610 double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4613 return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args
, **kwargs
)
4615 def ButtonUp(*args
, **kwargs
):
4617 ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4619 If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4620 mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4621 up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4623 return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args
, **kwargs
)
4625 def Button(*args
, **kwargs
):
4627 Button(self, int button) -> bool
4629 Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4630 values of button are:
4632 ==================== =====================================
4633 wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT check if left button was pressed
4634 wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE check if middle button was pressed
4635 wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT check if right button was pressed
4636 wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY check if any button was pressed
4637 ==================== =====================================
4640 return _core_
.MouseEvent_Button(*args
, **kwargs
)
4642 def ButtonIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4643 """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4644 return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4646 def GetButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
4648 GetButton(self) -> int
4650 Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4651 wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4652 leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4653 the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4654 and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4655 right buttons respectively.
4657 return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
4659 def ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4661 ControlDown(self) -> bool
4663 Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4665 return _core_
.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4667 def MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4669 MetaDown(self) -> bool
4671 Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4673 return _core_
.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4675 def AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4677 AltDown(self) -> bool
4679 Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4681 return _core_
.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4683 def ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4685 ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4687 Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4689 return _core_
.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4691 def CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4693 CmdDown(self) -> bool
4695 "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4696 platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4697 Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4698 because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4699 elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4700 purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4701 and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4703 return _core_
.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4705 def LeftDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4707 LeftDown(self) -> bool
4709 Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4711 return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4713 def MiddleDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4715 MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4717 Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4719 return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4721 def RightDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4723 RightDown(self) -> bool
4725 Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4727 return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4729 def LeftUp(*args
, **kwargs
):
4731 LeftUp(self) -> bool
4733 Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4735 return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args
, **kwargs
)
4737 def MiddleUp(*args
, **kwargs
):
4739 MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4741 Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4743 return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args
, **kwargs
)
4745 def RightUp(*args
, **kwargs
):
4747 RightUp(self) -> bool
4749 Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4751 return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args
, **kwargs
)
4753 def LeftDClick(*args
, **kwargs
):
4755 LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4757 Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4759 return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args
, **kwargs
)
4761 def MiddleDClick(*args
, **kwargs
):
4763 MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4765 Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4767 return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args
, **kwargs
)
4769 def RightDClick(*args
, **kwargs
):
4771 RightDClick(self) -> bool
4773 Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4775 return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args
, **kwargs
)
4777 def LeftIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4779 LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4781 Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4782 of the current event type.
4784 Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4785 if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4786 state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4788 This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4789 "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4792 return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4794 def MiddleIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4796 MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4798 Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4799 of the current event type.
4801 return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4803 def RightIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
4805 RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4807 Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4808 of the current event type.
4810 return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
4812 def Dragging(*args
, **kwargs
):
4814 Dragging(self) -> bool
4816 Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4819 return _core_
.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args
, **kwargs
)
4821 def Moving(*args
, **kwargs
):
4823 Moving(self) -> bool
4825 Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4826 pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4827 false and Dragging returns true.
4829 return _core_
.MouseEvent_Moving(*args
, **kwargs
)
4831 def Entering(*args
, **kwargs
):
4833 Entering(self) -> bool
4835 Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4837 return _core_
.MouseEvent_Entering(*args
, **kwargs
)
4839 def Leaving(*args
, **kwargs
):
4841 Leaving(self) -> bool
4843 Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4845 return _core_
.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args
, **kwargs
)
4847 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
4849 GetPosition(self) -> Point
4851 Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4854 return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
4856 def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
):
4858 GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4860 Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4863 return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
)
4865 def GetLogicalPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
4867 GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4869 Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4870 according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4871 that the window has been scrolled).
4873 return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
4875 def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
):
4879 Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4881 return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
)
4883 def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
):
4887 Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4889 return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
)
4891 def GetWheelRotation(*args
, **kwargs
):
4893 GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4895 Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4896 rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4897 +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4898 created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4899 event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4900 do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4901 have been accumulated before scrolling.
4903 return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args
, **kwargs
)
4905 def GetWheelDelta(*args
, **kwargs
):
4907 GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4909 Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4910 taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4911 should occur for each delta.
4913 return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args
, **kwargs
)
4915 def GetLinesPerAction(*args
, **kwargs
):
4917 GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4919 Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4920 per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4922 return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args
, **kwargs
)
4924 def IsPageScroll(*args
, **kwargs
):
4926 IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4928 Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4929 the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4931 return _core_
.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args
, **kwargs
)
4933 m_x
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_x_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_x_set
)
4934 m_y
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_y_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_y_set
)
4935 m_leftDown
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set
)
4936 m_middleDown
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set
)
4937 m_rightDown
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set
)
4938 m_controlDown
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set
)
4939 m_shiftDown
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set
)
4940 m_altDown
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set
)
4941 m_metaDown
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set
)
4942 m_wheelRotation
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set
)
4943 m_wheelDelta
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set
)
4944 m_linesPerAction
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set
)
4946 class MouseEventPtr(MouseEvent
):
4947 def __init__(self
, this
):
4949 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
4950 self
.__class
__ = MouseEvent
4951 _core_
.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEventPtr
)
4953 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4955 class SetCursorEvent(Event
):
4957 A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4958 as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4959 chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4960 current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4961 method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4964 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSetCursorEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
4965 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
4967 __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4969 Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4971 newobj
= _core_
.new_SetCursorEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
4972 self
.this
= newobj
.this
4975 def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
):
4979 Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4981 return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
)
4983 def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
):
4987 Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4989 return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
)
4991 def SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
):
4993 SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4995 Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4997 return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
)
4999 def GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
):
5001 GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
5003 Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
5005 return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
)
5007 def HasCursor(*args
, **kwargs
):
5009 HasCursor(self) -> bool
5011 Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
5013 return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args
, **kwargs
)
5016 class SetCursorEventPtr(SetCursorEvent
):
5017 def __init__(self
, this
):
5019 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5020 self
.__class
__ = SetCursorEvent
5021 _core_
.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEventPtr
)
5023 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5025 class KeyEvent(Event
):
5027 This event class contains information about keypress and character
5028 events. These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
5031 Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
5032 wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
5033 between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
5034 and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
5035 note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
5036 typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
5037 one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
5038 corresponding to each down one.
5040 Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
5041 carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
5042 keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
5043 WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
5044 general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
5045 key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
5048 A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
5049 and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
5050 down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
5051 code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
5052 'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
5053 just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
5056 Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
5057 could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
5058 returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
5059 as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
5060 translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
5061 by the system itself.
5063 Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
5064 for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
5065 same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
5066 the ASCII value of this key combination.
5068 You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
5069 interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
5070 pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
5073 **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
5074 call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
5075 happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
5076 types of events to be a bit simpler.
5078 **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
5079 are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
5080 WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
5081 event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
5083 **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
5084 process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
5089 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxKeyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5090 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5092 __init__(self, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
5094 Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`. Valid event types are:
5097 newobj
= _core_
.new_KeyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5098 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5101 def ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
5103 ControlDown(self) -> bool
5105 Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
5107 return _core_
.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
5109 def MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
5111 MetaDown(self) -> bool
5113 Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
5115 return _core_
.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
5117 def AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
5119 AltDown(self) -> bool
5121 Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
5123 return _core_
.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
5125 def ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
5127 ShiftDown(self) -> bool
5129 Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
5131 return _core_
.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
5133 def CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
5135 CmdDown(self) -> bool
5137 "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
5138 platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
5139 Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
5140 because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
5141 elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
5142 purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
5143 and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
5145 return _core_
.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
5147 def HasModifiers(*args
, **kwargs
):
5149 HasModifiers(self) -> bool
5151 Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
5152 key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
5153 SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
5154 it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
5155 key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
5158 return _core_
.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args
, **kwargs
)
5160 def GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
):
5162 GetKeyCode(self) -> int
5164 Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
5165 while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
5166 cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
5169 Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
5170 the user entered a character that can be represented in current
5171 locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
5172 character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
5174 return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
)
5176 KeyCode
= GetKeyCode
5177 def GetUnicodeKey(*args
, **kwargs
):
5179 GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
5181 Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event. This
5182 function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
5184 return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args
, **kwargs
)
5186 GetUniChar
= GetUnicodeKey
5187 def GetRawKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
):
5189 GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
5191 Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
5192 scan code which should only be used in advanced
5193 applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
5196 return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
)
5198 def GetRawKeyFlags(*args
, **kwargs
):
5200 GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
5202 Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
5203 platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
5204 Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
5206 return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args
, **kwargs
)
5208 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
5210 GetPosition(self) -> Point
5212 Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5214 return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
5216 def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
):
5218 GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
5220 Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5222 return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
)
5224 def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
):
5228 Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5231 return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
)
5233 def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
):
5237 Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5240 return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
)
5242 m_x
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_x_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_x_set
)
5243 m_y
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_y_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_y_set
)
5244 m_keyCode
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set
)
5245 m_controlDown
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set
)
5246 m_shiftDown
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set
)
5247 m_altDown
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set
)
5248 m_metaDown
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set
)
5249 m_scanCode
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set
)
5250 m_rawCode
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set
)
5251 m_rawFlags
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set
)
5253 class KeyEventPtr(KeyEvent
):
5254 def __init__(self
, this
):
5256 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5257 self
.__class
__ = KeyEvent
5258 _core_
.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEventPtr
)
5260 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5262 class SizeEvent(Event
):
5264 A size event holds information about size change events. The EVT_SIZE
5265 handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
5268 Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
5269 `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
5272 When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
5273 damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
5274 next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
5275 window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
5276 window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
5277 invalidate the entire window.
5281 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSizeEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5282 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5284 __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
5286 Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
5288 newobj
= _core_
.new_SizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5289 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5292 def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
5294 GetSize(self) -> Size
5296 Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
5299 return _core_
.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
5301 def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
5302 """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5303 return _core_
.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
5305 def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
5306 """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5307 return _core_
.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
5309 def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
5310 """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
5311 return _core_
.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
5313 m_size
= property(_core_
.SizeEvent_m_size_get
, _core_
.SizeEvent_m_size_set
)
5314 m_rect
= property(_core_
.SizeEvent_m_rect_get
, _core_
.SizeEvent_m_rect_set
)
5316 class SizeEventPtr(SizeEvent
):
5317 def __init__(self
, this
):
5319 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5320 self
.__class
__ = SizeEvent
5321 _core_
.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEventPtr
)
5323 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5325 class MoveEvent(Event
):
5327 This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
5328 moved to a new position.
5331 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMoveEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5332 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5334 __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
5338 newobj
= _core_
.new_MoveEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5339 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5342 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
5344 GetPosition(self) -> Point
5346 Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
5348 return _core_
.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
5350 def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
5351 """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5352 return _core_
.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
5354 def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
5355 """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5356 return _core_
.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
5358 def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
5359 """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5360 return _core_
.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
5362 m_pos
= property(GetPosition
, SetPosition
)
5363 m_rect
= property(GetRect
, SetRect
)
5366 class MoveEventPtr(MoveEvent
):
5367 def __init__(self
, this
):
5369 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5370 self
.__class
__ = MoveEvent
5371 _core_
.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEventPtr
)
5373 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5375 class PaintEvent(Event
):
5377 A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5378 Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5379 a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it. Otherwise MS
5380 Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5381 the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5383 You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5384 damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5385 and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5386 the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5387 calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5392 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPaintEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5393 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5394 """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5395 newobj
= _core_
.new_PaintEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5396 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5400 class PaintEventPtr(PaintEvent
):
5401 def __init__(self
, this
):
5403 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5404 self
.__class
__ = PaintEvent
5405 _core_
.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEventPtr
)
5407 class NcPaintEvent(Event
):
5408 """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5410 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxNcPaintEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5411 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5412 """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5413 newobj
= _core_
.new_NcPaintEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5414 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5418 class NcPaintEventPtr(NcPaintEvent
):
5419 def __init__(self
, this
):
5421 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5422 self
.__class
__ = NcPaintEvent
5423 _core_
.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEventPtr
)
5425 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5427 class EraseEvent(Event
):
5429 An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5430 repainted. To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5431 binder. On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5432 (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5434 To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5435 device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5436 `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5440 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEraseEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5441 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5443 __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5447 newobj
= _core_
.new_EraseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5448 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5451 def GetDC(*args
, **kwargs
):
5455 Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon. If
5456 ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5459 return _core_
.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args
, **kwargs
)
5462 class EraseEventPtr(EraseEvent
):
5463 def __init__(self
, this
):
5465 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5466 self
.__class
__ = EraseEvent
5467 _core_
.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEventPtr
)
5469 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5471 class FocusEvent(Event
):
5473 A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5474 focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5475 gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5477 Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5478 to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5479 done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5483 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFocusEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5484 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5486 __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5490 newobj
= _core_
.new_FocusEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5491 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5494 def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
5496 GetWindow(self) -> Window
5498 Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5499 window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5500 window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5502 Warning: the window returned may be None!
5504 return _core_
.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
5506 def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
5507 """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5508 return _core_
.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
5511 class FocusEventPtr(FocusEvent
):
5512 def __init__(self
, this
):
5514 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5515 self
.__class
__ = FocusEvent
5516 _core_
.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEventPtr
)
5518 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5520 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent
):
5522 wx.ChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has received the
5523 focus. Unlike `wx.FocusEvent` it is propagated up the window
5527 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxChildFocusEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5528 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5530 __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5534 newobj
= _core_
.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5535 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5538 def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
5540 GetWindow(self) -> Window
5542 The window which has just received the focus.
5544 return _core_
.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
5547 class ChildFocusEventPtr(ChildFocusEvent
):
5548 def __init__(self
, this
):
5550 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5551 self
.__class
__ = ChildFocusEvent
5552 _core_
.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEventPtr
)
5554 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5556 class ActivateEvent(Event
):
5558 An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5559 application is being activated or deactivated.
5561 A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5562 is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5563 title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5564 An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5565 becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5566 application frames being inactive.
5568 Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5569 for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5570 doing so can result in strange effects.
5574 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxActivateEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5575 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5577 __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5581 newobj
= _core_
.new_ActivateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5582 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5585 def GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
):
5587 GetActive(self) -> bool
5589 Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5592 return _core_
.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
)
5595 class ActivateEventPtr(ActivateEvent
):
5596 def __init__(self
, this
):
5598 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5599 self
.__class
__ = ActivateEvent
5600 _core_
.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEventPtr
)
5602 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5604 class InitDialogEvent(Event
):
5606 A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5607 any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called. Handlers for this
5608 event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5609 done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5610 calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5613 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxInitDialogEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5614 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5616 __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5620 newobj
= _core_
.new_InitDialogEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5621 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5625 class InitDialogEventPtr(InitDialogEvent
):
5626 def __init__(self
, this
):
5628 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5629 self
.__class
__ = InitDialogEvent
5630 _core_
.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEventPtr
)
5632 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5634 class MenuEvent(Event
):
5636 This class is used for a variety of menu-related events. Note that
5637 these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5638 `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5640 The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5641 text in the first field of the status bar.
5644 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenuEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5645 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5647 __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5651 newobj
= _core_
.new_MenuEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5652 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5655 def GetMenuId(*args
, **kwargs
):
5657 GetMenuId(self) -> int
5659 Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5660 should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5662 return _core_
.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args
, **kwargs
)
5664 def IsPopup(*args
, **kwargs
):
5666 IsPopup(self) -> bool
5668 Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5669 popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one. This method should only
5670 be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5672 return _core_
.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args
, **kwargs
)
5674 def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
5676 GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5678 Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5679 only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5681 return _core_
.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
5684 class MenuEventPtr(MenuEvent
):
5685 def __init__(self
, this
):
5687 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5688 self
.__class
__ = MenuEvent
5689 _core_
.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEventPtr
)
5691 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5693 class CloseEvent(Event
):
5695 This event class contains information about window and session close
5698 The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5699 to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5700 the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5701 programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5704 You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5705 the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5706 the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5707 it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5708 For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5709 files or to cancel the close.
5711 If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5712 calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5713 `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5714 on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5717 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxCloseEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5718 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5720 __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5724 newobj
= _core_
.new_CloseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5725 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5728 def SetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
):
5730 SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5732 Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5734 return _core_
.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
)
5736 def GetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
):
5738 GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5740 Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5741 system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5742 session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5745 return _core_
.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
)
5747 def Veto(*args
, **kwargs
):
5749 Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5751 Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5752 signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5754 You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5756 return _core_
.CloseEvent_Veto(*args
, **kwargs
)
5758 def GetVeto(*args
, **kwargs
):
5759 """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5760 return _core_
.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args
, **kwargs
)
5762 def SetCanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
):
5764 SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5766 Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5768 return _core_
.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
)
5770 def CanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
):
5772 CanVeto(self) -> bool
5774 Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5775 event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5776 code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5777 must be called to check this.
5779 return _core_
.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
)
5782 class CloseEventPtr(CloseEvent
):
5783 def __init__(self
, this
):
5785 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5786 self
.__class
__ = CloseEvent
5787 _core_
.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEventPtr
)
5789 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5791 class ShowEvent(Event
):
5792 """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5794 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxShowEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5795 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5797 __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5799 An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5801 newobj
= _core_
.new_ShowEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5802 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5805 def SetShow(*args
, **kwargs
):
5806 """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5807 return _core_
.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args
, **kwargs
)
5809 def GetShow(*args
, **kwargs
):
5810 """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5811 return _core_
.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args
, **kwargs
)
5814 class ShowEventPtr(ShowEvent
):
5815 def __init__(self
, this
):
5817 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5818 self
.__class
__ = ShowEvent
5819 _core_
.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEventPtr
)
5821 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5823 class IconizeEvent(Event
):
5825 An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5829 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxIconizeEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5830 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5832 __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5834 An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5837 newobj
= _core_
.new_IconizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5838 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5841 def Iconized(*args
, **kwargs
):
5843 Iconized(self) -> bool
5845 Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5848 return _core_
.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args
, **kwargs
)
5851 class IconizeEventPtr(IconizeEvent
):
5852 def __init__(self
, this
):
5854 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5855 self
.__class
__ = IconizeEvent
5856 _core_
.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEventPtr
)
5858 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5860 class MaximizeEvent(Event
):
5861 """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5863 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMaximizeEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5864 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5866 __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5868 An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5870 newobj
= _core_
.new_MaximizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
5871 self
.this
= newobj
.this
5875 class MaximizeEventPtr(MaximizeEvent
):
5876 def __init__(self
, this
):
5878 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5879 self
.__class
__ = MaximizeEvent
5880 _core_
.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEventPtr
)
5882 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5884 class DropFilesEvent(Event
):
5886 This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5887 been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5888 under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5889 dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5891 Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5892 drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5893 implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5896 Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5900 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
5902 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxDropFilesEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5903 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
5905 GetPosition(self) -> Point
5907 Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5909 return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
5911 def GetNumberOfFiles(*args
, **kwargs
):
5913 GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5915 Returns the number of files dropped.
5917 return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args
, **kwargs
)
5919 def GetFiles(*args
, **kwargs
):
5921 GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5923 Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5925 return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args
, **kwargs
)
5928 class DropFilesEventPtr(DropFilesEvent
):
5929 def __init__(self
, this
):
5931 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
5932 self
.__class
__ = DropFilesEvent
5933 _core_
.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEventPtr
)
5935 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5937 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5938 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5939 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent
):
5941 This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5942 wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5945 Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5946 check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5947 menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5948 mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5949 menu item or button.
5951 With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5952 state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5953 will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5954 worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5955 declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5956 you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5957 update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5959 Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5960 functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5961 determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5964 These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5965 before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5966 any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5968 If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5969 your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5971 1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5972 wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5973 wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5974 receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5977 2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5978 value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5979 `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5980 a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5981 delay before windows are updated.
5983 Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5984 handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5985 from an internal idle handler.
5987 wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5988 Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5989 is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5993 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxUpdateUIEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
5994 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
5996 __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
6000 newobj
= _core_
.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6001 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6004 def GetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
):
6006 GetChecked(self) -> bool
6008 Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
6010 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
)
6012 def GetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
):
6014 GetEnabled(self) -> bool
6016 Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
6018 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
)
6020 def GetText(*args
, **kwargs
):
6022 GetText(self) -> String
6024 Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
6026 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args
, **kwargs
)
6028 def GetSetText(*args
, **kwargs
):
6030 GetSetText(self) -> bool
6032 Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
6033 wxWidgets internal use only.
6035 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args
, **kwargs
)
6037 def GetSetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
):
6039 GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
6041 Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
6044 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
)
6046 def GetSetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
):
6048 GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
6050 Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
6053 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
)
6055 def Check(*args
, **kwargs
):
6057 Check(self, bool check)
6059 Check or uncheck the UI element.
6061 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args
, **kwargs
)
6063 def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
):
6065 Enable(self, bool enable)
6067 Enable or disable the UI element.
6069 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
)
6071 def SetText(*args
, **kwargs
):
6073 SetText(self, String text)
6075 Sets the text for this UI element.
6077 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args
, **kwargs
)
6079 def SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
):
6081 SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
6083 Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
6084 disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
6087 Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
6088 application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
6089 greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
6090 at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
6093 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
)
6095 SetUpdateInterval
= staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval
)
6096 def GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
):
6098 GetUpdateInterval() -> long
6100 Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
6101 disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
6103 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
)
6105 GetUpdateInterval
= staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval
)
6106 def CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
):
6108 CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
6110 Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
6113 This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
6114 the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
6115 events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
6116 determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
6117 this will always return true because the update mode is initially
6118 wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
6119 events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
6120 that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
6124 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
)
6126 CanUpdate
= staticmethod(CanUpdate
)
6127 def ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
):
6131 Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
6132 is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
6133 is called at the end of idle processing.
6135 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
)
6137 ResetUpdateTime
= staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime
)
6138 def SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
6142 Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
6143 to those which specify that they will process the events.
6145 The mode may be one of the following values:
6147 ============================= ==========================================
6148 wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL Send UI update events to all windows. This
6149 is the default setting.
6150 wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED Send UI update events only to windows that
6151 have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
6153 ============================= ==========================================
6156 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
6158 SetMode
= staticmethod(SetMode
)
6159 def GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
6163 Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
6164 all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6167 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
6169 GetMode
= staticmethod(GetMode
)
6171 class UpdateUIEventPtr(UpdateUIEvent
):
6172 def __init__(self
, this
):
6174 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6175 self
.__class
__ = UpdateUIEvent
6176 _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEventPtr
)
6178 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
):
6180 UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
6182 Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
6183 disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
6186 Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
6187 application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
6188 greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
6189 at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
6192 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
)
6194 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
):
6196 UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
6198 Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
6199 disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
6201 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
)
6203 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
):
6205 UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
6207 Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
6210 This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
6211 the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
6212 events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
6213 determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
6214 this will always return true because the update mode is initially
6215 wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
6216 events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
6217 that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
6221 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
)
6223 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
):
6225 UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
6227 Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
6228 is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
6229 is called at the end of idle processing.
6231 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
)
6233 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
6235 UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6237 Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
6238 to those which specify that they will process the events.
6240 The mode may be one of the following values:
6242 ============================= ==========================================
6243 wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL Send UI update events to all windows. This
6244 is the default setting.
6245 wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED Send UI update events only to windows that
6246 have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
6248 ============================= ==========================================
6251 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
6253 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
6255 UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
6257 Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
6258 all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6261 return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
6263 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6265 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event
):
6267 This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
6268 when the user changes the colour settings using the control
6269 panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
6271 The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
6272 windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
6273 intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
6274 `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
6275 pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
6279 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSysColourChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6280 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6282 __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
6286 newobj
= _core_
.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6287 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6291 class SysColourChangedEventPtr(SysColourChangedEvent
):
6292 def __init__(self
, this
):
6294 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6295 self
.__class
__ = SysColourChangedEvent
6296 _core_
.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEventPtr
)
6298 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6300 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event
):
6302 An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
6303 a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
6304 `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
6305 this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
6306 releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
6308 This event is implemented under Windows only.
6311 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6312 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6314 __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
6318 newobj
= _core_
.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6319 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6322 def GetCapturedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
6324 GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
6326 Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
6327 non-wxWidgets window.
6329 return _core_
.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
6332 class MouseCaptureChangedEventPtr(MouseCaptureChangedEvent
):
6333 def __init__(self
, this
):
6335 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6336 self
.__class
__ = MouseCaptureChangedEvent
6337 _core_
.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEventPtr
)
6339 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6341 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event
):
6343 An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
6344 resolution has changed.
6346 This event is implemented under Windows only.
6349 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxDisplayChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6350 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6351 """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
6352 newobj
= _core_
.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6353 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6357 class DisplayChangedEventPtr(DisplayChangedEvent
):
6358 def __init__(self
, this
):
6360 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6361 self
.__class
__ = DisplayChangedEvent
6362 _core_
.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEventPtr
)
6364 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6366 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event
):
6368 An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6369 changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6372 This event is implemented under Windows only.
6375 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPaletteChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6376 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6378 __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
6380 An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6381 changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6384 This event is implemented under Windows only.
6386 newobj
= _core_
.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6387 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6390 def SetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
6391 """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
6392 return _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
6394 def GetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
6395 """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
6396 return _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
6399 class PaletteChangedEventPtr(PaletteChangedEvent
):
6400 def __init__(self
, this
):
6402 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6403 self
.__class
__ = PaletteChangedEvent
6404 _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEventPtr
)
6406 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6408 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event
):
6410 An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
6411 focus and should re-do its palette.
6413 This event is implemented under Windows only.
6416 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxQueryNewPaletteEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6417 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6419 __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
6423 newobj
= _core_
.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6424 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6427 def SetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
):
6429 SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
6431 App should set this if it changes the palette.
6433 return _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
)
6435 def GetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
):
6436 """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
6437 return _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
)
6440 class QueryNewPaletteEventPtr(QueryNewPaletteEvent
):
6441 def __init__(self
, this
):
6443 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6444 self
.__class
__ = QueryNewPaletteEvent
6445 _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEventPtr
)
6447 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6449 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event
):
6451 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
6452 widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal. You woudl normally not
6453 catch navigation events in applications as there are already
6454 appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
6455 it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
6456 the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
6457 `wx.Window.Navigate`.
6460 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxNavigationKeyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6461 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6462 """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
6463 newobj
= _core_
.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6464 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6467 def GetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
):
6469 GetDirection(self) -> bool
6471 Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6473 return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
)
6475 def SetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
):
6477 SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6479 Specify the direction that the navigation should take. Usually the
6480 difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6482 return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
)
6484 def IsWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
):
6486 IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6488 Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6490 return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
)
6492 def SetWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
):
6494 SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6496 Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6497 For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6498 by using Control-Tab.
6500 return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
)
6502 def IsFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
):
6504 IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6506 Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6509 return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
)
6511 def SetFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
):
6513 SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6515 Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6516 This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6518 return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
)
6520 def SetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
):
6522 SetFlags(self, long flags)
6524 Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6526 * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6527 * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6528 * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6529 * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6532 return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
)
6534 def GetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
):
6536 GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6538 Returns the child window which currenty has the focus. May be
6541 return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
)
6543 def SetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
):
6545 SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6547 Set the window that has the focus.
6549 return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
)
6551 IsBackward
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6552 IsForward
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6553 WinChange
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6554 FromTab
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6556 class NavigationKeyEventPtr(NavigationKeyEvent
):
6557 def __init__(self
, this
):
6559 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6560 self
.__class
__ = NavigationKeyEvent
6561 _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEventPtr
)
6563 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6565 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent
):
6567 The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6568 underlying GUI object) exists.
6571 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxWindowCreateEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6572 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6574 __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6576 The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6577 underlying GUI object) exists.
6579 newobj
= _core_
.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6580 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6583 def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
6585 GetWindow(self) -> Window
6587 Returns the window that this event refers to.
6589 return _core_
.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
6592 class WindowCreateEventPtr(WindowCreateEvent
):
6593 def __init__(self
, this
):
6595 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6596 self
.__class
__ = WindowCreateEvent
6597 _core_
.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEventPtr
)
6599 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent
):
6601 The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6602 when the GUI window is destroyed.
6604 When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6605 have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6606 will not usually be received at all by the window itself. Since it is
6607 received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6608 handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6609 notification of the destruction of another window.
6612 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxWindowDestroyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6613 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6615 __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6617 The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6618 when the GUI window is destroyed.
6620 When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6621 have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6622 will not usually be received at all by the window itself. Since it is
6623 received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6624 handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6625 notification of the destruction of another window.
6627 newobj
= _core_
.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6628 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6631 def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
6633 GetWindow(self) -> Window
6635 Returns the window that this event refers to.
6637 return _core_
.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
6640 class WindowDestroyEventPtr(WindowDestroyEvent
):
6641 def __init__(self
, this
):
6643 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6644 self
.__class
__ = WindowDestroyEvent
6645 _core_
.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEventPtr
)
6647 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6649 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent
):
6651 This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6652 give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6655 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxContextMenuEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6656 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6658 __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6662 newobj
= _core_
.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6663 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6666 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
6668 GetPosition(self) -> Point
6670 Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6673 return _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
6675 def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
6677 SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6679 Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6681 return _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
6684 class ContextMenuEventPtr(ContextMenuEvent
):
6685 def __init__(self
, this
):
6687 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6688 self
.__class
__ = ContextMenuEvent
6689 _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEventPtr
)
6691 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6693 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
= _core_
.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6694 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
= _core_
.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6695 class IdleEvent(Event
):
6697 This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6698 when the application *becomes* idle. In other words, the when the
6699 event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6700 default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6701 no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6702 events and then becomes empty again.
6704 By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6705 significant overhead in your application, you can call
6706 `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6707 set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6708 which should receive idle events. Then idle events will only be sent
6709 to those windows and not to any others.
6712 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxIdleEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6713 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6715 __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6719 newobj
= _core_
.new_IdleEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6720 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6723 def RequestMore(*args
, **kwargs
):
6725 RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6727 Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6728 called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6729 application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6730 application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6731 EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6732 loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6735 return _core_
.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args
, **kwargs
)
6737 def MoreRequested(*args
, **kwargs
):
6739 MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6741 Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6742 requested more processing time.
6744 return _core_
.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args
, **kwargs
)
6746 def SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
6750 Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6751 all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6754 The mode can be one of the following values:
6756 ========================= ========================================
6757 wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL Send idle events to all windows
6758 wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED Send idle events only to windows that have
6759 the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6761 ========================= ========================================
6764 return _core_
.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
6766 SetMode
= staticmethod(SetMode
)
6767 def GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
6771 Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6772 idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6773 will process the events.
6775 return _core_
.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
6777 GetMode
= staticmethod(GetMode
)
6778 def CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
):
6780 CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6782 Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6785 This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6786 the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6787 events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6788 return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6789 wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6790 to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6792 return _core_
.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
)
6794 CanSend
= staticmethod(CanSend
)
6796 class IdleEventPtr(IdleEvent
):
6797 def __init__(self
, this
):
6799 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6800 self
.__class
__ = IdleEvent
6801 _core_
.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEventPtr
)
6803 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
6805 IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6807 Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6808 all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6811 The mode can be one of the following values:
6813 ========================= ========================================
6814 wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL Send idle events to all windows
6815 wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED Send idle events only to windows that have
6816 the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6818 ========================= ========================================
6821 return _core_
.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
6823 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
6825 IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6827 Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6828 idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6829 will process the events.
6831 return _core_
.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
6833 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
):
6835 IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6837 Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6840 This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6841 the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6842 events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6843 return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6844 wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6845 to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6847 return _core_
.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
)
6849 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6851 class PyEvent(Event
):
6853 wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6854 types in Python. You should derived from this class instead of
6855 `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6856 its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6857 them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6859 :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6863 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6864 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6865 """__init__(self, int winid=0, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6866 newobj
= _core_
.new_PyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6867 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6872 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PyEvent
):
6875 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
6878 def _SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
):
6879 """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6880 return _core_
.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
)
6882 def _GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
):
6883 """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6884 return _core_
.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
)
6887 class PyEventPtr(PyEvent
):
6888 def __init__(self
, this
):
6890 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6891 self
.__class
__ = PyEvent
6892 _core_
.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEventPtr
)
6894 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent
):
6896 wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6897 event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6898 windows looking for a handler. You should derived from this class
6899 instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6900 able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6901 system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6907 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyCommandEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6908 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6909 """__init__(self, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6910 newobj
= _core_
.new_PyCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6911 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6916 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PyCommandEvent
):
6919 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
6922 def _SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
):
6923 """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6924 return _core_
.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
)
6926 def _GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
):
6927 """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6928 return _core_
.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
)
6931 class PyCommandEventPtr(PyCommandEvent
):
6932 def __init__(self
, this
):
6934 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6935 self
.__class
__ = PyCommandEvent
6936 _core_
.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEventPtr
)
6938 class DateEvent(CommandEvent
):
6940 This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6941 used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6942 for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`. Bind these event types with
6946 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxDateEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6947 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6948 """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, wxEventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6949 newobj
= _core_
.new_DateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
6950 self
.this
= newobj
.this
6953 def GetDate(*args
, **kwargs
):
6955 GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6959 return _core_
.DateEvent_GetDate(*args
, **kwargs
)
6961 def SetDate(*args
, **kwargs
):
6963 SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6965 Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6968 return _core_
.DateEvent_SetDate(*args
, **kwargs
)
6971 class DateEventPtr(DateEvent
):
6972 def __init__(self
, this
):
6974 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
6975 self
.__class
__ = DateEvent
6976 _core_
.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEventPtr
)
6978 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
= _core_
.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6979 EVT_DATE_CHANGED
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
, 1 )
6981 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6983 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6984 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6985 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6986 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6987 PRINT_WINDOWS
= _core_
.PRINT_WINDOWS
6988 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
= _core_
.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6989 class PyApp(EvtHandler
):
6991 The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6992 `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6995 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyApp instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
6996 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
6998 __init__(self) -> PyApp
7000 Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
7002 newobj
= _core_
.new_PyApp(*args
, **kwargs
)
7003 self
.this
= newobj
.this
7006 self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, PyApp
, False)
7007 self
._setOORInfo
(self
, False)
7009 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PyApp
):
7012 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
7015 def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
):
7016 """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
7017 return _core_
.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
)
7019 def GetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
):
7021 GetAppName(self) -> String
7023 Get the application name.
7025 return _core_
.PyApp_GetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
)
7027 def SetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
):
7029 SetAppName(self, String name)
7031 Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
7032 `wx.Config` and such.
7034 return _core_
.PyApp_SetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
)
7036 def GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
):
7038 GetClassName(self) -> String
7040 Get the application's class name.
7042 return _core_
.PyApp_GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
)
7044 def SetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
):
7046 SetClassName(self, String name)
7048 Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
7049 X-resources if applicable for the platform
7051 return _core_
.PyApp_SetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
)
7053 def GetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
):
7055 GetVendorName(self) -> String
7057 Get the application's vendor name.
7059 return _core_
.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
)
7061 def SetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
):
7063 SetVendorName(self, String name)
7065 Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
7066 automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
7068 return _core_
.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
)
7070 def GetTraits(*args
, **kwargs
):
7072 GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
7074 Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
7075 delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
7076 user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
7077 CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
7078 GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
7079 differences behind the common facade.
7081 :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
7083 return _core_
.PyApp_GetTraits(*args
, **kwargs
)
7085 def ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
):
7087 ProcessPendingEvents(self)
7089 Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
7090 call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
7091 during each event loop iteration.
7093 return _core_
.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
)
7095 def Yield(*args
, **kwargs
):
7097 Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7099 Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
7100 until return to the event loop. It is an error to call ``Yield``
7101 recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
7103 :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
7104 reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
7105 result in calling the same event handler again), use with
7106 extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
7108 :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
7111 return _core_
.PyApp_Yield(*args
, **kwargs
)
7113 def WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
):
7117 Make sure that idle events are sent again.
7118 :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
7120 return _core_
.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
)
7122 def IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
):
7124 IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
7126 Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
7127 currently be dispatched.
7129 return _core_
.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
)
7131 IsMainLoopRunning
= staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning
)
7132 def MainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
):
7134 MainLoop(self) -> int
7136 Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
7137 all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
7139 return _core_
.PyApp_MainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
)
7141 def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
):
7145 Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
7148 return _core_
.PyApp_Exit(*args
, **kwargs
)
7150 def ExitMainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
):
7154 Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
7155 loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
7157 return _core_
.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
)
7159 def Pending(*args
, **kwargs
):
7161 Pending(self) -> bool
7163 Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
7165 return _core_
.PyApp_Pending(*args
, **kwargs
)
7167 def Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
):
7169 Dispatch(self) -> bool
7171 Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
7172 appears if there are none currently)
7174 return _core_
.PyApp_Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
)
7176 def ProcessIdle(*args
, **kwargs
):
7178 ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
7180 Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
7181 no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
7182 parties. Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
7184 return _core_
.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args
, **kwargs
)
7186 def SendIdleEvents(*args
, **kwargs
):
7188 SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
7190 Send idle event to window and all subwindows. Returns True if more
7191 idle time is requested.
7193 return _core_
.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args
, **kwargs
)
7195 def IsActive(*args
, **kwargs
):
7197 IsActive(self) -> bool
7199 Return True if our app has focus.
7201 return _core_
.PyApp_IsActive(*args
, **kwargs
)
7203 def SetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
7205 SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
7207 Set the *main* top level window
7209 return _core_
.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
7211 def GetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
7213 GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
7215 Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
7216 with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
7217 there not any, will return None)
7219 return _core_
.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
7221 def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
):
7223 SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
7225 Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
7226 loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
7227 window is deleted. Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
7228 SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
7229 explicitly from somewhere.
7231 return _core_
.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
)
7233 def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
):
7235 GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
7237 Get the current exit behaviour setting.
7239 return _core_
.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
)
7241 def SetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
):
7243 SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
7245 Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
7246 systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
7248 return _core_
.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
)
7250 def GetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
):
7252 GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
7254 Get current UseBestVisual setting.
7256 return _core_
.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
)
7258 def SetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
7259 """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
7260 return _core_
.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
7262 def GetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
7263 """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
7264 return _core_
.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
7266 def SetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
7268 SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
7270 Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
7272 return _core_
.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
7274 def GetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
7276 GetAssertMode(self) -> int
7278 Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
7280 return _core_
.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
7282 def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
):
7283 """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7284 return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
)
7286 GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
= staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
)
7287 def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7288 """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7289 return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7291 GetMacAboutMenuItemId
= staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId
)
7292 def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7293 """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7294 return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7296 GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
= staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
)
7297 def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7298 """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7299 return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7301 GetMacExitMenuItemId
= staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId
)
7302 def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
):
7303 """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7304 return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
)
7306 GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
= staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
)
7307 def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
):
7308 """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7309 return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
)
7311 SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
= staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
)
7312 def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7313 """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7314 return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7316 SetMacAboutMenuItemId
= staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId
)
7317 def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7318 """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7319 return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7321 SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
= staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
)
7322 def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7323 """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7324 return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7326 SetMacExitMenuItemId
= staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId
)
7327 def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
):
7328 """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7329 return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
)
7331 SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
= staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
)
7332 def _BootstrapApp(*args
, **kwargs
):
7336 For internal use only
7338 return _core_
.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args
, **kwargs
)
7340 def GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
):
7342 GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7344 Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7345 it wasn't found at all. Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7347 return _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
)
7349 GetComCtl32Version
= staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version
)
7351 class PyAppPtr(PyApp
):
7352 def __init__(self
, this
):
7354 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
7355 self
.__class
__ = PyApp
7356 _core_
.PyApp_swigregister(PyAppPtr
)
7358 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
):
7360 PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
7362 Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
7363 currently be dispatched.
7365 return _core_
.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
)
7367 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
):
7368 """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7369 return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
)
7371 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7372 """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7373 return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7375 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7376 """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7377 return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7379 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7380 """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7381 return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7383 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
):
7384 """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7385 return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
)
7387 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
):
7388 """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7389 return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
)
7391 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7392 """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7393 return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7395 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7396 """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7397 return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7399 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
):
7400 """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7401 return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
)
7403 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
):
7404 """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7405 return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
)
7407 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
):
7409 PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7411 Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7412 it wasn't found at all. Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7414 return _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
)
7416 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7419 def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
):
7423 Force an exit of the application. Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
7425 return _core_
.Exit(*args
, **kwargs
)
7427 def Yield(*args
, **kwargs
):
7431 Yield to other apps/messages. Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
7433 return _core_
.Yield(*args
, **kwargs
)
7435 def YieldIfNeeded(*args
, **kwargs
):
7437 YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
7439 Yield to other apps/messages. Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
7441 return _core_
.YieldIfNeeded(*args
, **kwargs
)
7443 def SafeYield(*args
, **kwargs
):
7445 SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7447 This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
7448 user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
7449 re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
7450 will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
7453 :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
7455 return _core_
.SafeYield(*args
, **kwargs
)
7457 def WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
):
7461 Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
7464 return _core_
.WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
)
7466 def PostEvent(*args
, **kwargs
):
7468 PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
7470 Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
7473 return _core_
.PostEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)
7475 def App_CleanUp(*args
, **kwargs
):
7479 For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
7482 return _core_
.App_CleanUp(*args
, **kwargs
)
7484 def GetApp(*args
, **kwargs
):
7488 Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
7490 return _core_
.GetApp(*args
, **kwargs
)
7492 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
):
7494 SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
7496 Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
7497 Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7499 The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
7500 but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
7501 may be slightly different on different platforms. For example, please
7502 see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
7503 between the common latin/roman encodings.
7505 return _core_
.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
)
7507 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
):
7509 GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
7511 Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
7512 convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7514 return _core_
.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
)
7515 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7517 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow
:
7519 A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
7520 stderr streams. It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
7521 the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
7522 and write the text there.
7524 def __init__(self
, title
= "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
7527 self
.pos
= wx
.DefaultPosition
7528 self
.size
= (450, 300)
7531 def SetParent(self
, parent
):
7532 """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
7533 self
.parent
= parent
7536 def CreateOutputWindow(self
, st
):
7537 self
.frame
= wx
.Frame(self
.parent
, -1, self
.title
, self
.pos
, self
.size
,
7538 style
=wx
.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE
)
7539 self
.text
= wx
.TextCtrl(self
.frame
, -1, "",
7540 style
=wx
.TE_MULTILINE|wx
.TE_READONLY
)
7541 self
.text
.AppendText(st
)
7542 self
.frame
.Show(True)
7543 EVT_CLOSE(self
.frame
, self
.OnCloseWindow
)
7546 def OnCloseWindow(self
, event
):
7547 if self
.frame
is not None:
7548 self
.frame
.Destroy()
7553 # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7554 def write(self
, text
):
7556 Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7557 If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7558 CallAfter to do the work there.
7560 if self
.frame
is None:
7561 if not wx
.Thread_IsMain():
7562 wx
.CallAfter(self
.CreateOutputWindow
, text
)
7564 self
.CreateOutputWindow(text
)
7566 if not wx
.Thread_IsMain():
7567 wx
.CallAfter(self
.text
.AppendText
, text
)
7569 self
.text
.AppendText(text
)
7573 if self
.frame
is not None:
7574 wx
.CallAfter(self
.frame
.Close
)
7582 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7584 _defRedirect
= (wx
.Platform
== '__WXMSW__' or wx
.Platform
== '__WXMAC__')
7586 class App(wx
.PyApp
):
7588 The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7590 * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7592 * set and get application-wide properties
7593 * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7594 and to dispatch events to window instances
7597 Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7598 creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7599 ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7600 platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7602 Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7603 ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7604 ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7606 :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7610 outputWindowClass
= PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7612 def __init__(self
, redirect
=_defRedirect
, filename
=None,
7613 useBestVisual
=False, clearSigInt
=True):
7615 Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7617 :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7618 redirected? Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7619 otherwise. If `filename` is None then output will be
7620 redirected to a window that pops up as needed. (You can
7621 control what kind of window is created for the output by
7622 resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7623 class of your choosing.)
7625 :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7628 :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7629 available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7630 systems that have more than one visual.) This parameter
7631 must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7632 on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7633 toolkit is initialized.
7635 :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared? This allows the
7636 app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7639 :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7640 initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7641 wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7643 wx
.PyApp
.__init
__(self
)
7645 if wx
.Platform
== "__WXMAC__":
7648 if not MacOS
.WMAvailable():
7650 This program needs access to the screen. Please run with 'pythonw',
7651 not 'python', and only when you are logged in on the main display of
7659 # This has to be done before OnInit
7660 self
.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual
)
7662 # Set the default handler for SIGINT. This fixes a problem
7663 # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7664 # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7665 # KeyboardInterrupt???) but will later segfault on exit. By
7666 # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7667 # expected (depending on platform.)
7671 signal
.signal(signal
.SIGINT
, signal
.SIG_DFL
)
7675 # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7676 self
.stdioWin
= None
7677 self
.saveStdio
= (_sys
.stdout
, _sys
.stderr
)
7679 self
.RedirectStdio(filename
)
7681 # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7682 wx
.StandardPaths
.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys
.prefix
)
7684 # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7685 # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7686 self
._BootstrapApp
()
7689 def __del__(self
, destroy
=wx
.PyApp
.__del
__):
7690 self
.RestoreStdio() # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7694 wx
.PyApp
.Destroy(self
)
7697 def SetTopWindow(self
, frame
):
7698 """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7700 self
.stdioWin
.SetParent(frame
)
7701 wx
.PyApp
.SetTopWindow(self
, frame
)
7705 """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7706 wx
.PyApp
.MainLoop(self
)
7710 def RedirectStdio(self
, filename
=None):
7711 """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7713 _sys
.stdout
= _sys
.stderr
= open(filename
, 'a')
7715 self
.stdioWin
= self
.outputWindowClass()
7716 _sys
.stdout
= _sys
.stderr
= self
.stdioWin
7719 def RestoreStdio(self
):
7721 _sys
.stdout
, _sys
.stderr
= self
.saveStdio
7726 def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self
, title
=None, pos
=None, size
=None):
7728 Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7729 the stdio has been redirected. This should be called before
7730 any output would cause the output window to be created.
7733 if title
is not None:
7734 self
.stdioWin
.title
= title
7736 self
.stdioWin
.pos
= pos
7737 if size
is not None:
7738 self
.stdioWin
.size
= size
7743 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7744 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7745 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7746 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7747 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7748 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7749 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7750 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7751 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7752 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7753 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7754 App_GetComCtl32Version
= _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7756 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7758 class PySimpleApp(wx
.App
):
7760 A simple application class. You can just create one of these and
7761 then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7762 about OnInit. For example::
7764 app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7765 frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7772 def __init__(self
, redirect
=False, filename
=None,
7773 useBestVisual
=False, clearSigInt
=True):
7775 :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7777 wx
.App
.__init
__(self
, redirect
, filename
, useBestVisual
, clearSigInt
)
7784 # Is anybody using this one?
7785 class PyWidgetTester(wx
.App
):
7786 def __init__(self
, size
= (250, 100)):
7788 wx
.App
.__init
__(self
, 0)
7791 self
.frame
= wx
.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos
=(0,0), size
=self
.size
)
7792 self
.SetTopWindow(self
.frame
)
7795 def SetWidget(self
, widgetClass
, *args
, **kwargs
):
7796 w
= widgetClass(self
.frame
, *args
, **kwargs
)
7797 self
.frame
.Show(True)
7799 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7800 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object. This is how we
7801 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding. When
7802 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7803 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7805 class __wxPyCleanup
:
7807 self
.cleanup
= _core_
.App_CleanUp
7811 _sys
.__wxPythonCleanup
= __wxPyCleanup()
7813 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7815 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7818 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7820 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7822 class EventLoop(object):
7823 """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7825 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEventLoop instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
7826 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
7827 """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7828 newobj
= _core_
.new_EventLoop(*args
, **kwargs
)
7829 self
.this
= newobj
.this
7832 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_EventLoop
):
7835 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
7838 def Run(*args
, **kwargs
):
7839 """Run(self) -> int"""
7840 return _core_
.EventLoop_Run(*args
, **kwargs
)
7842 def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
):
7843 """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7844 return _core_
.EventLoop_Exit(*args
, **kwargs
)
7846 def Pending(*args
, **kwargs
):
7847 """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7848 return _core_
.EventLoop_Pending(*args
, **kwargs
)
7850 def Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
):
7851 """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7852 return _core_
.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
)
7854 def IsRunning(*args
, **kwargs
):
7855 """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7856 return _core_
.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args
, **kwargs
)
7858 def GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
):
7859 """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7860 return _core_
.EventLoop_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
)
7862 GetActive
= staticmethod(GetActive
)
7863 def SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
):
7864 """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7865 return _core_
.EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
)
7867 SetActive
= staticmethod(SetActive
)
7869 class EventLoopPtr(EventLoop
):
7870 def __init__(self
, this
):
7872 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
7873 self
.__class
__ = EventLoop
7874 _core_
.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoopPtr
)
7876 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
):
7877 """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7878 return _core_
.EventLoop_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
)
7880 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
):
7881 """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7882 return _core_
.EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
)
7884 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7885 """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7887 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEventLoopActivator instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
7888 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
7889 """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7890 newobj
= _core_
.new_EventLoopActivator(*args
, **kwargs
)
7891 self
.this
= newobj
.this
7894 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_EventLoopActivator
):
7897 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
7901 class EventLoopActivatorPtr(EventLoopActivator
):
7902 def __init__(self
, this
):
7904 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
7905 self
.__class
__ = EventLoopActivator
7906 _core_
.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivatorPtr
)
7908 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7910 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7912 A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`. wxPython
7913 programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7914 list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7915 as well. See `__init__` for of the tuple values.
7917 :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7920 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxAcceleratorEntry instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
7921 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
7923 __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7925 Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7927 newobj
= _core_
.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args
, **kwargs
)
7928 self
.this
= newobj
.this
7931 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_AcceleratorEntry
):
7934 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
7937 def Set(*args
, **kwargs
):
7939 Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7941 (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7944 return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args
, **kwargs
)
7946 def GetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
):
7948 GetFlags(self) -> int
7950 Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7952 return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
)
7954 def GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
):
7956 GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7958 Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7960 return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
)
7962 def GetCommand(*args
, **kwargs
):
7964 GetCommand(self) -> int
7966 Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7968 return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args
, **kwargs
)
7971 class AcceleratorEntryPtr(AcceleratorEntry
):
7972 def __init__(self
, this
):
7974 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
7975 self
.__class
__ = AcceleratorEntry
7976 _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntryPtr
)
7978 class AcceleratorTable(Object
):
7980 An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7981 keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7982 button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7986 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxAcceleratorTable instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
7987 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
7989 __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7991 Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7992 items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7994 :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7996 newobj
= _core_
.new_AcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
)
7997 self
.this
= newobj
.this
8000 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_AcceleratorTable
):
8003 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
8006 def Ok(*args
, **kwargs
):
8007 """Ok(self) -> bool"""
8008 return _core_
.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args
, **kwargs
)
8011 class AcceleratorTablePtr(AcceleratorTable
):
8012 def __init__(self
, this
):
8014 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
8015 self
.__class
__ = AcceleratorTable
8016 _core_
.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTablePtr
)
8019 def GetAccelFromString(*args
, **kwargs
):
8020 """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
8021 return _core_
.GetAccelFromString(*args
, **kwargs
)
8022 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
8024 class VisualAttributes(object):
8025 """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
8027 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxVisualAttributes instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
8028 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
8030 __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
8032 struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
8034 newobj
= _core_
.new_VisualAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
)
8035 self
.this
= newobj
.this
8038 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_VisualAttributes
):
8041 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
8044 font
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_font_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_font_set
)
8045 colFg
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_colFg_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_colFg_set
)
8046 colBg
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_colBg_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_colBg_set
)
8048 class VisualAttributesPtr(VisualAttributes
):
8049 def __init__(self
, this
):
8051 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
8052 self
.__class
__ = VisualAttributes
8053 _core_
.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributesPtr
)
8054 NullAcceleratorTable
= cvar
.NullAcceleratorTable
8055 PanelNameStr
= cvar
.PanelNameStr
8057 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
8058 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
8059 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
8060 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
8061 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
8062 class Window(EvtHandler
):
8064 wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
8065 object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
8066 wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
8067 appear on screen themselves.
8071 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxWindow instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
8072 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
8074 __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
8075 Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
8077 Construct and show a generic Window.
8079 newobj
= _core_
.new_Window(*args
, **kwargs
)
8080 self
.this
= newobj
.this
8083 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
8085 def Create(*args
, **kwargs
):
8087 Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
8088 Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
8090 Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
8092 return _core_
.Window_Create(*args
, **kwargs
)
8094 def Close(*args
, **kwargs
):
8096 Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
8098 This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
8099 tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
8100 however. If force is False (the default) then the window's close
8101 handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
8103 return _core_
.Window_Close(*args
, **kwargs
)
8105 def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
):
8107 Destroy(self) -> bool
8109 Destroys the window safely. Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
8110 immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
8111 of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
8112 have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
8113 non-existent windows.
8115 Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
8116 has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
8118 val
= _core_
.Window_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
)
8122 def DestroyChildren(*args
, **kwargs
):
8124 DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
8126 Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
8129 return _core_
.Window_DestroyChildren(*args
, **kwargs
)
8131 def IsBeingDeleted(*args
, **kwargs
):
8133 IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
8135 Is the window in the process of being deleted?
8137 return _core_
.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args
, **kwargs
)
8139 def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
):
8141 SetLabel(self, String label)
8143 Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
8145 return _core_
.Window_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
)
8147 def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
):
8149 GetLabel(self) -> String
8151 Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
8152 purposes. The interpretation of this function differs from class to
8153 class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
8154 buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
8155 can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
8156 access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
8158 return _core_
.Window_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
)
8160 def SetName(*args
, **kwargs
):
8162 SetName(self, String name)
8164 Sets the window's name. The window name is used for ressource setting
8165 in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
8167 return _core_
.Window_SetName(*args
, **kwargs
)
8169 def GetName(*args
, **kwargs
):
8171 GetName(self) -> String
8173 Returns the windows name. This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
8174 it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
8175 constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
8177 return _core_
.Window_GetName(*args
, **kwargs
)
8179 def SetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
):
8181 SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
8183 Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
8184 the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
8186 return _core_
.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
)
8188 def GetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
):
8189 """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
8190 return _core_
.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
)
8192 def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
):
8194 SetId(self, int winid)
8196 Sets the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer
8197 identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
8198 will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
8199 creation and should not be modified subsequently.
8201 return _core_
.Window_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
)
8203 def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
):
8207 Returns the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer
8208 identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
8209 -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
8212 return _core_
.Window_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
)
8214 def NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
):
8216 NewControlId() -> int
8218 Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
8220 return _core_
.Window_NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
)
8222 NewControlId
= staticmethod(NewControlId
)
8223 def NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
):
8225 NextControlId(int winid) -> int
8227 Get the id of the control following the one with the given
8230 return _core_
.Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
)
8232 NextControlId
= staticmethod(NextControlId
)
8233 def PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
):
8235 PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
8237 Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
8240 return _core_
.Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
)
8242 PrevControlId
= staticmethod(PrevControlId
)
8243 def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8245 SetSize(self, Size size)
8247 Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8249 return _core_
.Window_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8251 def SetDimensions(*args
, **kwargs
):
8253 SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8255 Sets the position and size of the window in pixels. The sizeFlags
8256 parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
8259 ======================== ======================================
8260 wx.SIZE_AUTO A -1 indicates that a class-specific
8261 default should be used.
8262 wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING Axisting dimensions should be used if
8263 -1 values are supplied.
8264 wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
8265 interpreted as real dimensions, not
8267 ======================== ======================================
8270 return _core_
.Window_SetDimensions(*args
, **kwargs
)
8272 def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
8274 SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
8276 Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
8278 return _core_
.Window_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
8280 def SetSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
):
8282 SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8284 Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8286 return _core_
.Window_SetSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
)
8288 def Move(*args
, **kwargs
):
8290 Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8292 Moves the window to the given position.
8294 return _core_
.Window_Move(*args
, **kwargs
)
8297 def MoveXY(*args
, **kwargs
):
8299 MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8301 Moves the window to the given position.
8303 return _core_
.Window_MoveXY(*args
, **kwargs
)
8305 def SetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8307 SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
8309 A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
8310 window's *best size* values. Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
8312 return _core_
.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8314 def Raise(*args
, **kwargs
):
8318 Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy. In current
8319 version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
8321 return _core_
.Window_Raise(*args
, **kwargs
)
8323 def Lower(*args
, **kwargs
):
8327 Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy. In current
8328 version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
8330 return _core_
.Window_Lower(*args
, **kwargs
)
8332 def SetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8334 SetClientSize(self, Size size)
8336 This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8337 function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8338 wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8339 dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8340 around panel items, for example.
8342 return _core_
.Window_SetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8344 def SetClientSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
):
8346 SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8348 This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8349 function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8350 wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8351 dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8352 around panel items, for example.
8354 return _core_
.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
)
8356 def SetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
8358 SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
8360 This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8361 function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8362 wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8363 dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8364 around panel items, for example.
8366 return _core_
.Window_SetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
8368 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
8370 GetPosition(self) -> Point
8372 Get the window's position.
8374 return _core_
.Window_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
8376 def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
):
8378 GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8380 Get the window's position.
8382 return _core_
.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
)
8384 def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8386 GetSize(self) -> Size
8388 Get the window size.
8390 return _core_
.Window_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8392 def GetSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
):
8394 GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8396 Get the window size.
8398 return _core_
.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
)
8400 def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
8402 GetRect(self) -> Rect
8404 Returns the size and position of the window as a wx.Rect object.
8406 return _core_
.Window_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
8408 def GetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8410 GetClientSize(self) -> Size
8412 This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8413 area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8414 title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8416 return _core_
.Window_GetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8418 def GetClientSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
):
8420 GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8422 This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8423 area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8424 title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8426 return _core_
.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
)
8428 def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args
, **kwargs
):
8430 GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
8432 Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
8433 window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
8434 the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
8436 return _core_
.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args
, **kwargs
)
8438 def GetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
8440 GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
8442 Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
8444 return _core_
.Window_GetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
8446 def GetBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8448 GetBestSize(self) -> Size
8450 This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8451 window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8452 be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8453 windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8454 this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8457 return _core_
.Window_GetBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8459 def GetBestSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
):
8461 GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8463 This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8464 window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8465 be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8466 windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8467 this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8470 return _core_
.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
)
8472 def InvalidateBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8474 InvalidateBestSize(self)
8476 Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
8479 return _core_
.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8481 def CacheBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8483 CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
8485 Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
8486 some properties of the window change.)
8488 return _core_
.Window_CacheBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8490 def GetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8492 GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
8494 This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
8495 minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
8499 return _core_
.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8501 def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8503 GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
8505 This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
8506 thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
8507 window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
8508 user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
8509 should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
8512 return _core_
.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8514 def Center(*args
, **kwargs
):
8516 Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
8518 Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for
8519 cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
8520 also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
8521 on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a
8522 top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
8523 relative to the screen.
8525 return _core_
.Window_Center(*args
, **kwargs
)
8528 def CenterOnScreen(*args
, **kwargs
):
8530 CenterOnScreen(self, int dir=BOTH)
8532 Center on screen (only works for top level windows)
8534 return _core_
.Window_CenterOnScreen(*args
, **kwargs
)
8536 CentreOnScreen
= CenterOnScreen
8537 def CenterOnParent(*args
, **kwargs
):
8539 CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
8541 Center with respect to the the parent window
8543 return _core_
.Window_CenterOnParent(*args
, **kwargs
)
8545 CentreOnParent
= CenterOnParent
8546 def Fit(*args
, **kwargs
):
8550 Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
8551 won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
8552 correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
8553 window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
8554 is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
8555 its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
8556 instead of calling Fit.
8558 return _core_
.Window_Fit(*args
, **kwargs
)
8560 def FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
):
8564 Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
8565 window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
8566 sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
8567 windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
8568 anything if there are no subwindows.
8570 return _core_
.Window_FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
)
8572 def SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
):
8574 SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
8577 Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8578 size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8579 default values will be used. If this function is called, the user
8580 will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8581 a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8582 and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8584 The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8586 return _core_
.Window_SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
)
8588 def SetSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
):
8590 SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
8592 Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8593 size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8594 default values will be used. If this function is called, the user
8595 will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8596 a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8597 and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8599 The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8601 return _core_
.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
)
8603 def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
):
8605 SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
8607 Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8608 pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8609 used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8610 the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8612 return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
)
8614 def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
):
8616 SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8618 Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8619 pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8620 used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8621 the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8623 return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
)
8625 def GetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8626 """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8627 return _core_
.Window_GetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8629 def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8630 """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8631 return _core_
.Window_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8633 def SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8635 SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8637 A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8640 return _core_
.Window_SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8642 def SetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8644 SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8646 A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8649 return _core_
.Window_SetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8651 def GetMinWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
8652 """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8653 return _core_
.Window_GetMinWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
8655 def GetMinHeight(*args
, **kwargs
):
8656 """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8657 return _core_
.Window_GetMinHeight(*args
, **kwargs
)
8659 def GetMaxWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
8660 """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8661 return _core_
.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
8663 def GetMaxHeight(*args
, **kwargs
):
8664 """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8665 return _core_
.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args
, **kwargs
)
8667 def SetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8669 SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8671 Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this
8672 is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8673 windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8675 return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8677 def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
):
8679 SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8681 Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this
8682 is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8683 windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8685 return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
)
8687 def GetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8689 GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8691 Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows
8692 this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8693 windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8695 return _core_
.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8697 def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
):
8699 GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8701 Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows
8702 this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8703 windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8705 return _core_
.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
)
8707 def GetBestVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
8709 GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8711 Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8712 sizer, interior children, or other means)
8714 return _core_
.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
8716 def Show(*args
, **kwargs
):
8718 Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8720 Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8721 window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8722 Show is called immediately after the frame creation. Returns True if
8723 the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8724 because it already was in the requested state.
8726 return _core_
.Window_Show(*args
, **kwargs
)
8728 def Hide(*args
, **kwargs
):
8732 Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8734 return _core_
.Window_Hide(*args
, **kwargs
)
8736 def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
):
8738 Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8740 Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8741 window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8742 are reenabled again when the parent is. Returns true if the window
8743 has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8744 window had already been in the specified state.
8746 return _core_
.Window_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
)
8748 def Disable(*args
, **kwargs
):
8750 Disable(self) -> bool
8752 Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8754 return _core_
.Window_Disable(*args
, **kwargs
)
8756 def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
):
8758 IsShown(self) -> bool
8760 Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8762 return _core_
.Window_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
)
8764 def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
):
8766 IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8768 Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8770 return _core_
.Window_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
)
8772 def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
):
8774 SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8776 Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8777 changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8778 called after changing the others for the change to take place
8781 return _core_
.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
)
8783 def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
):
8785 GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8787 Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8790 return _core_
.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
)
8792 SetWindowStyle
= SetWindowStyleFlag
; GetWindowStyle
= GetWindowStyleFlag
8793 def HasFlag(*args
, **kwargs
):
8795 HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8797 Test if the given style is set for this window.
8799 return _core_
.Window_HasFlag(*args
, **kwargs
)
8801 def IsRetained(*args
, **kwargs
):
8803 IsRetained(self) -> bool
8805 Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise. Retained
8806 windows are only available on X platforms.
8808 return _core_
.Window_IsRetained(*args
, **kwargs
)
8810 def SetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
):
8812 SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8814 Sets the extra style bits for the window. Extra styles are the less
8815 often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8816 SetWindowStyleFlag()
8818 return _core_
.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
)
8820 def GetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
):
8822 GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8824 Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8826 return _core_
.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
)
8828 def MakeModal(*args
, **kwargs
):
8830 MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8832 Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8833 only interact with this window. Passing False will reverse this
8836 return _core_
.Window_MakeModal(*args
, **kwargs
)
8838 def SetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
):
8840 SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8842 This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8843 code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8844 drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8845 the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8846 GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8847 user's selected theme.
8849 Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8850 by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8852 return _core_
.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
)
8854 def GetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
):
8856 GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8858 Return the themeEnabled flag.
8860 return _core_
.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
)
8862 def SetFocus(*args
, **kwargs
):
8866 Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8868 return _core_
.Window_SetFocus(*args
, **kwargs
)
8870 def SetFocusFromKbd(*args
, **kwargs
):
8872 SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8874 Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action. Normally
8875 only called internally.
8877 return _core_
.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args
, **kwargs
)
8879 def FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
):
8881 FindFocus() -> Window
8883 Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8886 return _core_
.Window_FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
)
8888 FindFocus
= staticmethod(FindFocus
)
8889 def AcceptsFocus(*args
, **kwargs
):
8891 AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8893 Can this window have focus?
8895 return _core_
.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args
, **kwargs
)
8897 def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args
, **kwargs
):
8899 AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8901 Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8902 only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8905 return _core_
.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args
, **kwargs
)
8907 def GetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
8909 GetDefaultItem(self) -> Window
8911 Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated
8912 by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.
8914 return _core_
.Window_GetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
8916 def SetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
8918 SetDefaultItem(self, Window child) -> Window
8920 Set this child as default, return the old default.
8922 return _core_
.Window_SetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
8924 def SetTmpDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
8926 SetTmpDefaultItem(self, Window win)
8928 Set this child as temporary default
8930 return _core_
.Window_SetTmpDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
8932 def Navigate(*args
, **kwargs
):
8934 Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8936 Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8937 `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8939 return _core_
.Window_Navigate(*args
, **kwargs
)
8941 def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
):
8943 MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8945 Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8946 sibling window. This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8947 that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8949 The default tab order is the same as creation order. This function
8950 and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8954 return _core_
.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
)
8956 def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
):
8958 MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8960 Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8961 before win instead of putting it right after it.
8963 return _core_
.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
)
8965 def GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
):
8967 GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8969 Returns a list of the window's children. NOTE: Currently this is a
8970 copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8971 value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8974 return _core_
.Window_GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
)
8976 def GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
):
8978 GetParent(self) -> Window
8980 Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8982 return _core_
.Window_GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
)
8984 def GetGrandParent(*args
, **kwargs
):
8986 GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8988 Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8991 return _core_
.Window_GetGrandParent(*args
, **kwargs
)
8993 def IsTopLevel(*args
, **kwargs
):
8995 IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8997 Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8998 frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8999 if they have a parent window).
9001 return _core_
.Window_IsTopLevel(*args
, **kwargs
)
9003 def Reparent(*args
, **kwargs
):
9005 Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
9007 Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
9008 parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
9009 re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK. Returns True
9010 if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
9013 return _core_
.Window_Reparent(*args
, **kwargs
)
9015 def AddChild(*args
, **kwargs
):
9017 AddChild(self, Window child)
9019 Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
9020 functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
9022 return _core_
.Window_AddChild(*args
, **kwargs
)
9024 def RemoveChild(*args
, **kwargs
):
9026 RemoveChild(self, Window child)
9028 Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
9029 deletion functions so should not be required by the application
9032 return _core_
.Window_RemoveChild(*args
, **kwargs
)
9034 def FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
):
9036 FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
9038 Find a chld of this window by window ID
9040 return _core_
.Window_FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
)
9042 def FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
):
9044 FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
9046 Find a child of this window by name
9048 return _core_
.Window_FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
)
9050 def GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
9052 GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
9054 Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
9055 its own event handler.
9057 return _core_
.Window_GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
9059 def SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
9061 SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
9063 Sets the event handler for this window. An event handler is an object
9064 that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,
9065 the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to
9066 substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of
9067 event-handling for a variety of different window classes.
9069 It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
9070 up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
9071 handler is handed to the next one in the chain.
9073 return _core_
.Window_SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
9075 def PushEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
9077 PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
9079 Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
9080 An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
9081 sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but
9082 an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow
9083 central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different
9086 wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
9087 event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
9088 handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to
9089 remove the event handler.
9091 return _core_
.Window_PushEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
9093 def PopEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
9095 PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
9097 Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
9098 stack. If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
9099 destroyed after it is popped.
9101 return _core_
.Window_PopEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
9103 def RemoveEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
9105 RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
9107 Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
9108 delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found
9109 and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
9110 function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
9113 return _core_
.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
9115 def SetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
):
9117 SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
9119 Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
9120 having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
9123 return _core_
.Window_SetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
)
9125 def GetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
):
9127 GetValidator(self) -> Validator
9129 Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
9132 return _core_
.Window_GetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
)
9134 def Validate(*args
, **kwargs
):
9136 Validate(self) -> bool
9138 Validates the current values of the child controls using their
9139 validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
9140 style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
9141 windows. Returns false if any of the validations failed.
9143 return _core_
.Window_Validate(*args
, **kwargs
)
9145 def TransferDataToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
9147 TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
9149 Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
9150 validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
9151 style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
9154 return _core_
.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
9156 def TransferDataFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
9158 TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
9160 Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
9161 validators. Returns false if a transfer failed. If the window has
9162 wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
9163 also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
9165 return _core_
.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
9167 def InitDialog(*args
, **kwargs
):
9171 Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
9172 to the dialog via validators.
9174 return _core_
.Window_InitDialog(*args
, **kwargs
)
9176 def SetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
):
9178 SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
9180 Sets the accelerator table for this window.
9182 return _core_
.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
)
9184 def GetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
):
9186 GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
9188 Gets the accelerator table for this window.
9190 return _core_
.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
)
9192 def RegisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
):
9194 RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
9196 Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
9197 registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
9198 receive the event even if the application is in the background and
9199 does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
9200 other application. To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
9201 use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId. Returns True if the
9202 hotkey was registered successfully.
9204 return _core_
.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
)
9206 def UnregisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
):
9208 UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
9210 Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
9212 return _core_
.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
)
9214 def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
):
9216 ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
9218 Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units
9219 are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9220 changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9221 average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9222 the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9225 return _core_
.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
)
9227 def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
):
9229 ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
9231 Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units
9232 are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9233 changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9234 average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9235 the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9238 return _core_
.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
)
9240 def DLG_PNT(*args
, **kwargs
):
9242 DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
9244 Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units
9245 are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9246 changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9247 average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9248 the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9251 return _core_
.Window_DLG_PNT(*args
, **kwargs
)
9253 def DLG_SZE(*args
, **kwargs
):
9255 DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
9257 Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units
9258 are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9259 changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9260 average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9261 the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9264 return _core_
.Window_DLG_SZE(*args
, **kwargs
)
9266 def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
):
9267 """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
9268 return _core_
.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
)
9270 def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
):
9271 """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
9272 return _core_
.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
)
9274 def WarpPointer(*args
, **kwargs
):
9276 WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
9278 Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
9280 NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
9281 Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
9283 return _core_
.Window_WarpPointer(*args
, **kwargs
)
9285 def CaptureMouse(*args
, **kwargs
):
9289 Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
9290 release the capture.
9292 Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
9293 mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
9294 which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
9295 there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
9296 release the mouse as many times as you capture it.
9298 return _core_
.Window_CaptureMouse(*args
, **kwargs
)
9300 def ReleaseMouse(*args
, **kwargs
):
9304 Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
9306 return _core_
.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args
, **kwargs
)
9308 def GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
):
9310 GetCapture() -> Window
9312 Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9314 return _core_
.Window_GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
)
9316 GetCapture
= staticmethod(GetCapture
)
9317 def HasCapture(*args
, **kwargs
):
9319 HasCapture(self) -> bool
9321 Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
9323 return _core_
.Window_HasCapture(*args
, **kwargs
)
9325 def Refresh(*args
, **kwargs
):
9327 Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
9329 Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
9330 will be repainted. Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
9333 return _core_
.Window_Refresh(*args
, **kwargs
)
9335 def RefreshRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
9337 RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
9339 Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
9340 be repainted. This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
9342 return _core_
.Window_RefreshRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
9344 def Update(*args
, **kwargs
):
9348 Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
9349 window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
9350 this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
9351 event loop.) Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
9352 does nothing if the window has been already repainted. Use Refresh
9353 first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
9354 it) unconditionally.
9356 return _core_
.Window_Update(*args
, **kwargs
)
9358 def ClearBackground(*args
, **kwargs
):
9360 ClearBackground(self)
9362 Clears the window by filling it with the current background
9363 colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
9365 return _core_
.Window_ClearBackground(*args
, **kwargs
)
9367 def Freeze(*args
, **kwargs
):
9371 Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
9372 taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
9373 called to reenable window redrawing. Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
9374 nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
9377 This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
9378 it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
9379 a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
9380 for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
9381 mandatory directive.
9383 return _core_
.Window_Freeze(*args
, **kwargs
)
9385 def Thaw(*args
, **kwargs
):
9389 Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze. Calls to
9390 Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
9391 times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
9393 return _core_
.Window_Thaw(*args
, **kwargs
)
9395 def PrepareDC(*args
, **kwargs
):
9397 PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
9399 Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
9400 scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
9403 return _core_
.Window_PrepareDC(*args
, **kwargs
)
9405 def GetUpdateRegion(*args
, **kwargs
):
9407 GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
9409 Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
9410 damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
9412 return _core_
.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args
, **kwargs
)
9414 def GetUpdateClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
9416 GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
9418 Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
9420 return _core_
.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
9422 def IsExposed(*args
, **kwargs
):
9424 IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
9426 Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9427 since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9428 optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9431 return _core_
.Window_IsExposed(*args
, **kwargs
)
9433 def IsExposedPoint(*args
, **kwargs
):
9435 IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
9437 Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9438 since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9439 optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9442 return _core_
.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args
, **kwargs
)
9444 def IsExposedRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
9446 IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
9448 Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9449 since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9450 optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9453 return _core_
.Window_IsExposedRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
9455 def GetDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
):
9457 GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
9459 Get the default attributes for an instance of this class. This is
9460 useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
9461 as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
9462 coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
9463 place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9465 return _core_
.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
)
9467 def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
):
9469 GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9471 Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want
9472 to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9473 control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9474 colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9475 user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9477 The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9478 ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9479 the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9482 return _core_
.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
)
9484 GetClassDefaultAttributes
= staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes
)
9485 def SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
9487 SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9489 Sets the background colour of the window. Returns True if the colour
9490 was changed. The background colour is usually painted by the default
9491 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
9492 automatically under GTK. Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
9493 to the default background colour.
9495 Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
9496 refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
9497 calling this function.
9499 Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
9500 window, if the system supports them. Use with care since usually the
9501 themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
9502 applications on the system.
9504 return _core_
.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
9506 def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
9507 """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9508 return _core_
.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
9510 def SetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
9512 SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9514 Sets the foreground colour of the window. Returns True is the colour
9515 was changed. The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
9516 the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
9519 return _core_
.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
9521 def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
9522 """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9523 return _core_
.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
9525 def GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
9527 GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
9529 Returns the background colour of the window.
9531 return _core_
.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
9533 def GetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
9535 GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
9537 Returns the foreground colour of the window. The interpretation of
9538 foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
9539 colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
9541 return _core_
.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
9543 def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
9544 """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
9545 return _core_
.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
9547 def UseBgCol(*args
, **kwargs
):
9548 """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
9549 return _core_
.Window_UseBgCol(*args
, **kwargs
)
9551 def SetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
):
9553 SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
9555 Returns the background style of the window. The background style
9556 indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
9558 ====================== ========================================
9559 wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM The background colour or pattern should
9560 be determined by the system
9561 wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR The background should be a solid colour
9562 wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM The background will be implemented by the
9564 ====================== ========================================
9566 On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
9567 a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
9568 no effect on other platforms.
9570 :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
9572 return _core_
.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
)
9574 def GetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
):
9576 GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
9578 Returns the background style of the window.
9580 :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
9582 return _core_
.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
)
9584 def HasTransparentBackground(*args
, **kwargs
):
9586 HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
9588 Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
9589 example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
9592 This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
9593 normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
9594 it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
9597 return _core_
.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args
, **kwargs
)
9599 def SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
):
9601 SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
9603 Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
9604 for the children of the window implicitly.
9606 The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
9607 be reset back to default.
9609 return _core_
.Window_SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
)
9611 def GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
):
9613 GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9615 Return the cursor associated with this window.
9617 return _core_
.Window_GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
)
9619 def SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
):
9621 SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9623 Sets the font for this window.
9625 return _core_
.Window_SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
)
9627 def SetOwnFont(*args
, **kwargs
):
9628 """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9629 return _core_
.Window_SetOwnFont(*args
, **kwargs
)
9631 def GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
):
9633 GetFont(self) -> Font
9635 Returns the default font used for this window.
9637 return _core_
.Window_GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
)
9639 def SetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
):
9641 SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9643 Sets the caret associated with the window.
9645 return _core_
.Window_SetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
)
9647 def GetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
):
9649 GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9651 Returns the caret associated with the window.
9653 return _core_
.Window_GetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
)
9655 def GetCharHeight(*args
, **kwargs
):
9657 GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9659 Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9661 return _core_
.Window_GetCharHeight(*args
, **kwargs
)
9663 def GetCharWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
9665 GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9667 Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9669 return _core_
.Window_GetCharWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
9671 def GetTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
):
9673 GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9675 Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9677 return _core_
.Window_GetTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
)
9679 def GetFullTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
):
9681 GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9682 (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9684 Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9685 current or specified font.
9687 return _core_
.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
)
9689 def ClientToScreenXY(*args
, **kwargs
):
9691 ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9693 Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9695 return _core_
.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args
, **kwargs
)
9697 def ScreenToClientXY(*args
, **kwargs
):
9699 ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9701 Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9703 return _core_
.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args
, **kwargs
)
9705 def ClientToScreen(*args
, **kwargs
):
9707 ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9709 Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9711 return _core_
.Window_ClientToScreen(*args
, **kwargs
)
9713 def ScreenToClient(*args
, **kwargs
):
9715 ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9717 Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9719 return _core_
.Window_ScreenToClient(*args
, **kwargs
)
9721 def HitTestXY(*args
, **kwargs
):
9723 HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9725 Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9727 return _core_
.Window_HitTestXY(*args
, **kwargs
)
9729 def HitTest(*args
, **kwargs
):
9731 HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9733 Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9735 return _core_
.Window_HitTest(*args
, **kwargs
)
9737 def GetBorder(*args
):
9739 GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9740 GetBorder(self) -> int
9742 Get border for the flags of this window
9744 return _core_
.Window_GetBorder(*args
)
9746 def UpdateWindowUI(*args
, **kwargs
):
9748 UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9750 This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9751 implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9752 send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9753 send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9754 function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9755 a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9756 concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9757 `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9758 limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9761 return _core_
.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args
, **kwargs
)
9763 def PopupMenuXY(*args
, **kwargs
):
9765 PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9767 Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9768 and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9769 selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9770 usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the
9771 mouse cursor will be used.
9773 return _core_
.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args
, **kwargs
)
9775 def PopupMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
9777 PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9779 Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9780 and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9781 selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9782 usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the
9783 mouse cursor will be used.
9785 return _core_
.Window_PopupMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
9787 def GetHandle(*args
, **kwargs
):
9789 GetHandle(self) -> long
9791 Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9792 physical window. Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9793 toplevel parent of the window.
9795 return _core_
.Window_GetHandle(*args
, **kwargs
)
9797 def AssociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
):
9799 AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9801 Associate the window with a new native handle
9803 return _core_
.Window_AssociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
)
9805 def DissociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
):
9807 DissociateHandle(self)
9809 Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9811 return _core_
.Window_DissociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
)
9813 def HasScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
):
9815 HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9817 Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9819 return _core_
.Window_HasScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
)
9821 def SetScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
):
9823 SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9826 Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9828 return _core_
.Window_SetScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
)
9830 def SetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
):
9832 SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9834 Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9836 return _core_
.Window_SetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
)
9838 def GetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
):
9840 GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9842 Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9844 return _core_
.Window_GetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
)
9846 def GetScrollThumb(*args
, **kwargs
):
9848 GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9850 Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9852 return _core_
.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args
, **kwargs
)
9854 def GetScrollRange(*args
, **kwargs
):
9856 GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9858 Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9860 return _core_
.Window_GetScrollRange(*args
, **kwargs
)
9862 def ScrollWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
9864 ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9866 Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9867 accordingly. Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9868 implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9869 it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9871 return _core_
.Window_ScrollWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
9873 def ScrollLines(*args
, **kwargs
):
9875 ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9877 If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9878 the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9879 is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9880 already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9882 return _core_
.Window_ScrollLines(*args
, **kwargs
)
9884 def ScrollPages(*args
, **kwargs
):
9886 ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9888 If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9889 the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9890 is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9891 already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9893 return _core_
.Window_ScrollPages(*args
, **kwargs
)
9895 def LineUp(*args
, **kwargs
):
9897 LineUp(self) -> bool
9899 This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9901 return _core_
.Window_LineUp(*args
, **kwargs
)
9903 def LineDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
9905 LineDown(self) -> bool
9907 This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9909 return _core_
.Window_LineDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
9911 def PageUp(*args
, **kwargs
):
9913 PageUp(self) -> bool
9915 This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9917 return _core_
.Window_PageUp(*args
, **kwargs
)
9919 def PageDown(*args
, **kwargs
):
9921 PageDown(self) -> bool
9923 This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9925 return _core_
.Window_PageDown(*args
, **kwargs
)
9927 def SetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
):
9929 SetHelpText(self, String text)
9931 Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9932 window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9933 wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9935 return _core_
.Window_SetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
)
9937 def SetHelpTextForId(*args
, **kwargs
):
9939 SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9941 Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9944 return _core_
.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args
, **kwargs
)
9946 def GetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
):
9948 GetHelpText(self) -> String
9950 Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9951 window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9952 wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9954 return _core_
.Window_GetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
)
9956 def SetToolTipString(*args
, **kwargs
):
9958 SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9960 Attach a tooltip to the window.
9962 return _core_
.Window_SetToolTipString(*args
, **kwargs
)
9964 def SetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
):
9966 SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9968 Attach a tooltip to the window.
9970 return _core_
.Window_SetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
)
9972 def GetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
):
9974 GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9976 get the associated tooltip or None if none
9978 return _core_
.Window_GetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
)
9980 def SetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
):
9982 SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9984 Associates a drop target with this window. If the window already has
9985 a drop target, it is deleted.
9987 return _core_
.Window_SetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
)
9989 def GetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
):
9991 GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9993 Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9995 return _core_
.Window_GetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
)
9997 def DragAcceptFiles(*args
, **kwargs
):
9999 DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
10001 Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
10002 Only functional on Windows.
10004 return _core_
.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args
, **kwargs
)
10006 def SetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
):
10008 SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
10010 Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
10011 layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
10012 deleted. Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
10015 You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
10016 automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
10017 handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
10018 both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
10021 return _core_
.Window_SetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
)
10023 def GetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
):
10025 GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
10027 Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
10030 return _core_
.Window_GetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
)
10032 def SetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
):
10034 SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
10036 Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
10037 when the window is resized. It is called implicitly by SetSizer but
10038 if you use SetConstraints you should call it manually or otherwise the
10039 window layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
10041 return _core_
.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
)
10043 def GetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
):
10045 GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
10047 Returns the current autoLayout setting
10049 return _core_
.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
)
10051 def Layout(*args
, **kwargs
):
10053 Layout(self) -> bool
10055 Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
10056 algorithm for this window. See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
10057 this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
10058 handler when the window is resized.
10060 return _core_
.Window_Layout(*args
, **kwargs
)
10062 def SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
10064 SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
10066 Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
10067 own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
10068 layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
10069 if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
10070 call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
10071 non-None, and False otherwise.
10073 return _core_
.Window_SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
10075 def SetSizerAndFit(*args
, **kwargs
):
10077 SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
10079 The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
10080 window based on the sizer's minimum size.
10082 return _core_
.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args
, **kwargs
)
10084 def GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
10086 GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
10088 Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
10089 SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
10091 return _core_
.Window_GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
10093 def SetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
10095 SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
10097 This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
10098 called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
10099 the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
10101 return _core_
.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
10103 def GetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
10105 GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
10107 Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
10109 return _core_
.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
10111 def InheritAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
):
10113 InheritAttributes(self)
10115 This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
10116 during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
10117 attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
10120 By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
10121 their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
10122 attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
10123 SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
10124 explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
10125 value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
10126 ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
10127 no matter what and only the font might.
10129 This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
10130 different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
10131 attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
10132 in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
10133 than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
10134 parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
10135 the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
10136 colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
10137 parents attributes.
10140 return _core_
.Window_InheritAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
)
10142 def ShouldInheritColours(*args
, **kwargs
):
10144 ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
10146 Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
10147 changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
10148 from the parent window.
10150 The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
10151 wxControl where it returns true.
10153 return _core_
.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args
, **kwargs
)
10155 def PostCreate(self
, pre
):
10157 Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
10158 Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
10160 self
.this
= pre
.this
10161 self
.thisown
= pre
.thisown
10163 if hasattr(self
, '_setOORInfo'):
10164 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
10165 if hasattr(self
, '_setCallbackInfo'):
10166 self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, self
.__class
__)
10168 def SendSizeEvent(self
):
10169 self
.GetEventhandler().ProcessEvent(wx
.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
10172 class WindowPtr(Window
):
10173 def __init__(self
, this
):
10175 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
10176 self
.__class
__ = Window
10177 _core_
.Window_swigregister(WindowPtr
)
10179 def PreWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
10181 PreWindow() -> Window
10183 Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
10185 val
= _core_
.new_PreWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
10189 def Window_NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
):
10191 Window_NewControlId() -> int
10193 Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
10195 return _core_
.Window_NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
)
10197 def Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
):
10199 Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
10201 Get the id of the control following the one with the given
10204 return _core_
.Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
)
10206 def Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
):
10208 Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
10210 Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
10213 return _core_
.Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
)
10215 def Window_FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
):
10217 Window_FindFocus() -> Window
10219 Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
10222 return _core_
.Window_FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
)
10224 def Window_GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
):
10226 Window_GetCapture() -> Window
10228 Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
10230 return _core_
.Window_GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
)
10232 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
):
10234 Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10236 Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want
10237 to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10238 control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10239 colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10240 user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10242 The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10243 ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10244 the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10247 return _core_
.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
)
10249 def DLG_PNT(win
, point_or_x
, y
=None):
10251 Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
10252 dialog units to pixel units.
10255 return win
.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x
)
10257 return win
.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx
.Point(point_or_x
, y
))
10259 def DLG_SZE(win
, size_width
, height
=None):
10261 Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
10262 dialog units to pixel units.
10265 return win
.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width
)
10267 return win
.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx
.Size(size_width
, height
))
10270 def FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
):
10272 FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
10274 Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
10275 is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
10276 boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10277 hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10279 return _core_
.FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
)
10281 def FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
):
10283 FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
10285 Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
10286 function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
10287 top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
10288 limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
10291 If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
10293 return _core_
.FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
)
10295 def FindWindowByLabel(*args
, **kwargs
):
10297 FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
10299 Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
10300 may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
10301 search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
10302 non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10303 hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10305 return _core_
.FindWindowByLabel(*args
, **kwargs
)
10307 def Window_FromHWND(*args
, **kwargs
):
10308 """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
10309 return _core_
.Window_FromHWND(*args
, **kwargs
)
10311 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args
, **kwargs
):
10313 GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
10315 Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
10316 dialogs, etc.) NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
10317 by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
10318 are closed or new top-level windows are created.
10321 return _core_
.GetTopLevelWindows(*args
, **kwargs
)
10322 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10324 class Validator(EvtHandler
):
10325 """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
10326 def __repr__(self
):
10327 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxValidator instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
10328 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
10329 """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
10330 newobj
= _core_
.new_Validator(*args
, **kwargs
)
10331 self
.this
= newobj
.this
10334 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
10336 def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
):
10337 """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
10338 return _core_
.Validator_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
)
10340 def Validate(*args
, **kwargs
):
10341 """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
10342 return _core_
.Validator_Validate(*args
, **kwargs
)
10344 def TransferToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
10345 """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
10346 return _core_
.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
10348 def TransferFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
10349 """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
10350 return _core_
.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
10352 def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
10353 """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
10354 return _core_
.Validator_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
10356 def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
10357 """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
10358 return _core_
.Validator_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
10360 def IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
):
10361 """IsSilent() -> bool"""
10362 return _core_
.Validator_IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
)
10364 IsSilent
= staticmethod(IsSilent
)
10365 def SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
):
10366 """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10367 return _core_
.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
)
10369 SetBellOnError
= staticmethod(SetBellOnError
)
10371 class ValidatorPtr(Validator
):
10372 def __init__(self
, this
):
10374 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
10375 self
.__class
__ = Validator
10376 _core_
.Validator_swigregister(ValidatorPtr
)
10378 def Validator_IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
):
10379 """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
10380 return _core_
.Validator_IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
)
10382 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
):
10383 """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10384 return _core_
.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
)
10386 class PyValidator(Validator
):
10387 """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
10388 def __repr__(self
):
10389 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyValidator instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
10390 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
10391 """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
10392 newobj
= _core_
.new_PyValidator(*args
, **kwargs
)
10393 self
.this
= newobj
.this
10397 self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, PyValidator
, 1)
10398 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
10400 def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
):
10401 """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
10402 return _core_
.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
)
10405 class PyValidatorPtr(PyValidator
):
10406 def __init__(self
, this
):
10408 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
10409 self
.__class
__ = PyValidator
10410 _core_
.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidatorPtr
)
10412 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10414 class Menu(EvtHandler
):
10415 """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
10416 def __repr__(self
):
10417 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenu instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
10418 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
10419 """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
10420 newobj
= _core_
.new_Menu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10421 self
.this
= newobj
.this
10424 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
10426 def Append(*args
, **kwargs
):
10427 """Append(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
10428 return _core_
.Menu_Append(*args
, **kwargs
)
10430 def AppendSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
):
10431 """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10432 return _core_
.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
)
10434 def AppendCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10435 """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10436 return _core_
.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10438 def AppendRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10439 """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10440 return _core_
.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10442 def AppendMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10443 """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10444 return _core_
.Menu_AppendMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10446 def AppendItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10447 """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10448 return _core_
.Menu_AppendItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10450 def Break(*args
, **kwargs
):
10452 return _core_
.Menu_Break(*args
, **kwargs
)
10454 def InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10455 """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10456 return _core_
.Menu_InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10458 def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
):
10460 Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString,
10461 int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10463 return _core_
.Menu_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
)
10465 def InsertSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
):
10466 """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
10467 return _core_
.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
)
10469 def InsertCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10470 """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10471 return _core_
.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10473 def InsertRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10474 """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10475 return _core_
.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10477 def InsertMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10478 """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10479 return _core_
.Menu_InsertMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10481 def PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10482 """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10483 return _core_
.Menu_PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10485 def Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
):
10486 """Prepend(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
10487 return _core_
.Menu_Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
)
10489 def PrependSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
):
10490 """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10491 return _core_
.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
)
10493 def PrependCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10494 """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10495 return _core_
.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10497 def PrependRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10498 """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10499 return _core_
.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10501 def PrependMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10502 """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10503 return _core_
.Menu_PrependMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10505 def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
):
10506 """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10507 return _core_
.Menu_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
)
10509 def RemoveItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10510 """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10511 return _core_
.Menu_RemoveItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10513 def Delete(*args
, **kwargs
):
10514 """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
10515 return _core_
.Menu_Delete(*args
, **kwargs
)
10517 def DeleteItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10518 """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10519 return _core_
.Menu_DeleteItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10521 def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
):
10525 Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10527 val
= _core_
.Menu_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
)
10528 args
[0].thisown
= 0
10531 def DestroyId(*args
, **kwargs
):
10533 DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool
10535 Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10537 val
= _core_
.Menu_DestroyId(*args
, **kwargs
)
10538 args
[0].thisown
= 0
10541 def DestroyItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10543 DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool
10545 Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10547 val
= _core_
.Menu_DestroyItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10548 args
[0].thisown
= 0
10551 def GetMenuItemCount(*args
, **kwargs
):
10552 """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
10553 return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args
, **kwargs
)
10555 def GetMenuItems(*args
, **kwargs
):
10556 """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
10557 return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args
, **kwargs
)
10559 def FindItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10560 """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
10561 return _core_
.Menu_FindItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10563 def FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
):
10564 """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10565 return _core_
.Menu_FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
)
10567 def FindItemByPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
10568 """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
10569 return _core_
.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
10571 def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
):
10572 """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10573 return _core_
.Menu_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
)
10575 def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
):
10576 """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10577 return _core_
.Menu_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
)
10579 def Check(*args
, **kwargs
):
10580 """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10581 return _core_
.Menu_Check(*args
, **kwargs
)
10583 def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
):
10584 """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10585 return _core_
.Menu_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
)
10587 def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
):
10588 """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10589 return _core_
.Menu_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
)
10591 def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
):
10592 """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10593 return _core_
.Menu_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
)
10595 def SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
):
10596 """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10597 return _core_
.Menu_SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
)
10599 def GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
):
10600 """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10601 return _core_
.Menu_GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
)
10603 def SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
):
10604 """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
10605 return _core_
.Menu_SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
)
10607 def GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
):
10608 """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
10609 return _core_
.Menu_GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
)
10611 def SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
10612 """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
10613 return _core_
.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
10615 def GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
):
10616 """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
10617 return _core_
.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)
10619 def SetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
10620 """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
10621 return _core_
.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
10623 def GetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
10624 """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
10625 return _core_
.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
10627 def GetStyle(*args
, **kwargs
):
10628 """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
10629 return _core_
.Menu_GetStyle(*args
, **kwargs
)
10631 def UpdateUI(*args
, **kwargs
):
10632 """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
10633 return _core_
.Menu_UpdateUI(*args
, **kwargs
)
10635 def GetMenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
):
10636 """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
10637 return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
)
10639 def Attach(*args
, **kwargs
):
10640 """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
10641 return _core_
.Menu_Attach(*args
, **kwargs
)
10643 def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
):
10645 return _core_
.Menu_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
)
10647 def IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
):
10648 """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10649 return _core_
.Menu_IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
)
10651 def SetParent(*args
, **kwargs
):
10652 """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10653 return _core_
.Menu_SetParent(*args
, **kwargs
)
10655 def GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
):
10656 """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10657 return _core_
.Menu_GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
)
10660 class MenuPtr(Menu
):
10661 def __init__(self
, this
):
10663 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
10664 self
.__class
__ = Menu
10665 _core_
.Menu_swigregister(MenuPtr
)
10666 DefaultValidator
= cvar
.DefaultValidator
10668 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10670 class MenuBar(Window
):
10671 """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10672 def __repr__(self
):
10673 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenuBar instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
10674 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
10675 """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10676 newobj
= _core_
.new_MenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
)
10677 self
.this
= newobj
.this
10680 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
10682 def Append(*args
, **kwargs
):
10683 """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10684 return _core_
.MenuBar_Append(*args
, **kwargs
)
10686 def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
):
10687 """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10688 return _core_
.MenuBar_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
)
10690 def GetMenuCount(*args
, **kwargs
):
10691 """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10692 return _core_
.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args
, **kwargs
)
10694 def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10695 """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10696 return _core_
.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10698 def Replace(*args
, **kwargs
):
10699 """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10700 return _core_
.MenuBar_Replace(*args
, **kwargs
)
10702 def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
):
10703 """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10704 return _core_
.MenuBar_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
)
10706 def EnableTop(*args
, **kwargs
):
10707 """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10708 return _core_
.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args
, **kwargs
)
10710 def IsEnabledTop(*args
, **kwargs
):
10711 """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10712 return _core_
.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args
, **kwargs
)
10714 def SetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
):
10715 """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10716 return _core_
.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
)
10718 def GetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
):
10719 """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10720 return _core_
.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
)
10722 def FindMenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
10723 """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10724 return _core_
.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10726 def FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
):
10727 """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10728 return _core_
.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
)
10730 def FindMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10731 """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10732 return _core_
.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10734 def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
):
10735 """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10736 return _core_
.MenuBar_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
)
10738 def Check(*args
, **kwargs
):
10739 """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10740 return _core_
.MenuBar_Check(*args
, **kwargs
)
10742 def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
):
10743 """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10744 return _core_
.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
)
10746 def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
):
10747 """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10748 return _core_
.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
)
10750 def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
):
10751 """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10752 return _core_
.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
)
10754 def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
):
10755 """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10756 return _core_
.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
)
10758 def SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
):
10759 """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10760 return _core_
.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
)
10762 def GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
):
10763 """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10764 return _core_
.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
)
10766 def GetFrame(*args
, **kwargs
):
10767 """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10768 return _core_
.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args
, **kwargs
)
10770 def IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
):
10771 """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10772 return _core_
.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
)
10774 def Attach(*args
, **kwargs
):
10775 """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10776 return _core_
.MenuBar_Attach(*args
, **kwargs
)
10778 def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
):
10780 return _core_
.MenuBar_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
)
10782 def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10783 """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10784 return _core_
.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10786 SetAutoWindowMenu
= staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu
)
10787 def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10788 """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10789 return _core_
.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10791 GetAutoWindowMenu
= staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu
)
10793 class MenuBarPtr(MenuBar
):
10794 def __init__(self
, this
):
10796 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
10797 self
.__class
__ = MenuBar
10798 _core_
.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBarPtr
)
10800 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10801 """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10802 return _core_
.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10804 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10805 """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10806 return _core_
.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10808 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10810 class MenuItem(Object
):
10811 """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10812 def __repr__(self
):
10813 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenuItem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
10814 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
10816 __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10817 String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10818 Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10820 newobj
= _core_
.new_MenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
10821 self
.this
= newobj
.this
10824 def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10825 """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10826 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10828 def SetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10829 """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10830 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10832 def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
):
10833 """SetId(self, int id)"""
10834 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
)
10836 def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
):
10837 """GetId(self) -> int"""
10838 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
)
10840 def IsSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
):
10841 """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10842 return _core_
.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
)
10844 def SetText(*args
, **kwargs
):
10845 """SetText(self, String str)"""
10846 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetText(*args
, **kwargs
)
10848 def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
):
10849 """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10850 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
)
10852 def GetText(*args
, **kwargs
):
10853 """GetText(self) -> String"""
10854 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetText(*args
, **kwargs
)
10856 def GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
):
10857 """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10858 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
)
10860 GetLabelFromText
= staticmethod(GetLabelFromText
)
10861 def GetKind(*args
, **kwargs
):
10862 """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10863 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetKind(*args
, **kwargs
)
10865 def SetKind(*args
, **kwargs
):
10866 """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10867 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetKind(*args
, **kwargs
)
10869 def SetCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
):
10870 """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10871 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
)
10873 def IsCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
):
10874 """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10875 return _core_
.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
)
10877 def IsSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10878 """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10879 return _core_
.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10881 def SetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10882 """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10883 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10885 def GetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
):
10886 """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10887 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
)
10889 def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
):
10890 """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10891 return _core_
.MenuItem_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
)
10893 def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
):
10894 """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10895 return _core_
.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
)
10897 def Check(*args
, **kwargs
):
10898 """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10899 return _core_
.MenuItem_Check(*args
, **kwargs
)
10901 def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
):
10902 """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10903 return _core_
.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
)
10905 def Toggle(*args
, **kwargs
):
10907 return _core_
.MenuItem_Toggle(*args
, **kwargs
)
10909 def SetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
):
10910 """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10911 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
)
10913 def GetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
):
10914 """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10915 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
)
10917 def GetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
):
10918 """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10919 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
)
10921 def SetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
):
10922 """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10923 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
)
10925 def SetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
):
10926 """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10927 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
)
10929 def GetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
):
10930 """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10931 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
)
10933 def SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
):
10934 """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10935 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
)
10937 def GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
):
10938 """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10939 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
)
10941 def SetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
10942 """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10943 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
10945 def GetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
10946 """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10947 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
10949 def SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
10950 """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10951 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
10953 def GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
):
10954 """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10955 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
)
10957 def SetBitmaps(*args
, **kwargs
):
10958 """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10959 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args
, **kwargs
)
10961 def SetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
):
10962 """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10963 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
)
10965 def GetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
):
10966 """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10967 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
)
10969 def SetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
10970 """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10971 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
10973 def GetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
10974 """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10975 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
10977 def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
10978 """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10979 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
10981 GetDefaultMarginWidth
= staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth
)
10982 def IsOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
):
10983 """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10984 return _core_
.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
)
10986 def SetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
):
10987 """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10988 return _core_
.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
)
10990 def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
):
10991 """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10992 return _core_
.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
)
10995 class MenuItemPtr(MenuItem
):
10996 def __init__(self
, this
):
10998 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
10999 self
.__class
__ = MenuItem
11000 _core_
.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItemPtr
)
11002 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
):
11003 """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
11004 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
)
11006 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
):
11007 """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
11008 return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
)
11010 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11012 class Control(Window
):
11014 This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
11016 A control is generally a small window which processes user input
11017 and/or displays one or more item of data.
11019 def __repr__(self
):
11020 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxControl instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
11021 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
11023 __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
11024 Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
11025 String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
11027 Create a Control. Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
11028 __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
11030 newobj
= _core_
.new_Control(*args
, **kwargs
)
11031 self
.this
= newobj
.this
11034 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
11036 def Create(*args
, **kwargs
):
11038 Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
11039 Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
11040 String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
11042 Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
11044 return _core_
.Control_Create(*args
, **kwargs
)
11046 def Command(*args
, **kwargs
):
11048 Command(self, CommandEvent event)
11050 Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
11052 :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
11055 return _core_
.Control_Command(*args
, **kwargs
)
11057 def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
):
11059 GetLabel(self) -> String
11061 Return a control's text.
11063 return _core_
.Control_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
)
11065 def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
):
11067 SetLabel(self, String label)
11069 Sets the item's text.
11071 return _core_
.Control_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
)
11073 def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
):
11075 GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
11077 Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want
11078 to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
11079 control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
11080 colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
11081 user's system, especially if it uses themes.
11083 The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
11084 ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
11085 the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
11088 return _core_
.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
)
11090 GetClassDefaultAttributes
= staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes
)
11092 class ControlPtr(Control
):
11093 def __init__(self
, this
):
11095 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
11096 self
.__class
__ = Control
11097 _core_
.Control_swigregister(ControlPtr
)
11098 ControlNameStr
= cvar
.ControlNameStr
11100 def PreControl(*args
, **kwargs
):
11102 PreControl() -> Control
11104 Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
11106 val
= _core_
.new_PreControl(*args
, **kwargs
)
11110 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
):
11112 Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
11114 Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want
11115 to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
11116 control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
11117 colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
11118 user's system, especially if it uses themes.
11120 The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
11121 ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
11122 the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
11125 return _core_
.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
)
11127 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11129 class ItemContainer(object):
11131 The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
11132 by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
11133 selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
11134 as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
11137 It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
11138 each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
11139 all conform to the same interface.
11141 The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
11142 optionally, client data associated with them.
11145 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
11146 def __repr__(self
):
11147 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxItemContainer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
11148 def Append(*args
, **kwargs
):
11150 Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11152 Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
11153 if not None. The return value is the index of the newly added item
11154 which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
11155 has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
11157 return _core_
.ItemContainer_Append(*args
, **kwargs
)
11159 def AppendItems(*args
, **kwargs
):
11161 AppendItems(self, List strings)
11163 Apend several items at once to the control. Notice that calling this
11164 method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
11165 need to add a lot of items.
11167 return _core_
.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args
, **kwargs
)
11169 def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
):
11171 Insert(self, String item, int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11173 Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
11174 optionally associating some data object with the item.
11176 return _core_
.ItemContainer_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
)
11178 def Clear(*args
, **kwargs
):
11182 Removes all items from the control.
11184 return _core_
.ItemContainer_Clear(*args
, **kwargs
)
11186 def Delete(*args
, **kwargs
):
11188 Delete(self, int n)
11190 Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
11191 that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
11192 enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
11193 than the number of items in the control.
11195 return _core_
.ItemContainer_Delete(*args
, **kwargs
)
11197 def GetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
):
11199 GetClientData(self, int n) -> PyObject
11201 Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
11203 return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
)
11205 def SetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
):
11207 SetClientData(self, int n, PyObject clientData)
11209 Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
11211 return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
)
11213 def GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
):
11215 GetCount(self) -> int
11217 Returns the number of items in the control.
11219 return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
)
11221 def IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
):
11223 IsEmpty(self) -> bool
11225 Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
11227 return _core_
.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
)
11229 def GetString(*args
, **kwargs
):
11231 GetString(self, int n) -> String
11233 Returns the label of the item with the given index.
11235 return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetString(*args
, **kwargs
)
11237 def GetStrings(*args
, **kwargs
):
11238 """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
11239 return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args
, **kwargs
)
11241 def SetString(*args
, **kwargs
):
11243 SetString(self, int n, String s)
11245 Sets the label for the given item.
11247 return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetString(*args
, **kwargs
)
11249 def FindString(*args
, **kwargs
):
11251 FindString(self, String s) -> int
11253 Finds an item whose label matches the given string. Returns the
11254 zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
11257 return _core_
.ItemContainer_FindString(*args
, **kwargs
)
11259 def SetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
):
11261 SetSelection(self, int n)
11263 Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
11265 return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
)
11267 def GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
):
11269 GetSelection(self) -> int
11271 Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
11274 return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
)
11276 def SetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
):
11277 """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
11278 return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
)
11280 def GetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
):
11282 GetStringSelection(self) -> String
11284 Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
11287 return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
)
11289 def Select(*args
, **kwargs
):
11291 Select(self, int n)
11293 This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
11294 slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
11296 return _core_
.ItemContainer_Select(*args
, **kwargs
)
11299 class ItemContainerPtr(ItemContainer
):
11300 def __init__(self
, this
):
11302 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
11303 self
.__class
__ = ItemContainer
11304 _core_
.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainerPtr
)
11306 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11308 class ControlWithItems(Control
,ItemContainer
):
11310 wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
11311 wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
11314 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
11315 def __repr__(self
):
11316 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxControlWithItems instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
11318 class ControlWithItemsPtr(ControlWithItems
):
11319 def __init__(self
, this
):
11321 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
11322 self
.__class
__ = ControlWithItems
11323 _core_
.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItemsPtr
)
11325 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11327 class SizerItem(Object
):
11329 The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
11330 attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. In normal usage user
11331 code should never need to deal directly with a wx.SizerItem, but
11332 custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to use the
11333 collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating layout.
11335 :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
11337 def __repr__(self
):
11338 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSizerItem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
11339 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
11341 __init__(self) -> SizerItem
11343 Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem. Either a window, sizer or spacer
11344 size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
11346 You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
11347 are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
11348 methods are called.
11350 :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
11352 newobj
= _core_
.new_SizerItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
11353 self
.this
= newobj
.this
11356 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_SizerItem
):
11357 """__del__(self)"""
11359 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
11362 def DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
):
11364 DeleteWindows(self)
11366 Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
11369 return _core_
.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
)
11371 def DetachSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
11375 Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
11377 return _core_
.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
11379 def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
11381 GetSize(self) -> Size
11383 Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11385 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
11387 def CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
):
11389 CalcMin(self) -> Size
11391 Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
11394 return _core_
.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
)
11396 def SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
):
11398 SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
11400 Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
11401 sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
11402 subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
11405 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
)
11407 def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
11409 GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11411 Get the minimum size needed for the item.
11413 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
11415 def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args
, **kwargs
):
11417 GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
11419 Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
11422 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args
, **kwargs
)
11424 def SetInitSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
11425 """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
11426 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
11428 def SetRatioWH(*args
, **kwargs
):
11430 SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
11432 Set the ratio item attribute.
11434 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args
, **kwargs
)
11436 def SetRatioSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
11438 SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
11440 Set the ratio item attribute.
11442 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
11444 def SetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
):
11446 SetRatio(self, float ratio)
11448 Set the ratio item attribute.
11450 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
)
11452 def GetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
):
11454 GetRatio(self) -> float
11456 Set the ratio item attribute.
11458 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
)
11460 def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
):
11462 GetRect(self) -> Rect
11464 Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
11466 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
)
11468 def IsWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
11470 IsWindow(self) -> bool
11472 Is this sizer item a window?
11474 return _core_
.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
11476 def IsSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
11478 IsSizer(self) -> bool
11480 Is this sizer item a subsizer?
11482 return _core_
.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
11484 def IsSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
):
11486 IsSpacer(self) -> bool
11488 Is this sizer item a spacer?
11490 return _core_
.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
)
11492 def SetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
):
11494 SetProportion(self, int proportion)
11496 Set the proportion value for this item.
11498 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
)
11500 def GetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
):
11502 GetProportion(self) -> int
11504 Get the proportion value for this item.
11506 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
)
11508 SetOption
= wx
._deprecated
(SetProportion
, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
11509 GetOption
= wx
._deprecated
(GetProportion
, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
11510 def SetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
):
11512 SetFlag(self, int flag)
11514 Set the flag value for this item.
11516 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
)
11518 def GetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
):
11520 GetFlag(self) -> int
11522 Get the flag value for this item.
11524 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
)
11526 def SetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
):
11528 SetBorder(self, int border)
11530 Set the border value for this item.
11532 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
)
11534 def GetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
):
11536 GetBorder(self) -> int
11538 Get the border value for this item.
11540 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
)
11542 def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
11544 GetWindow(self) -> Window
11546 Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11548 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
11550 def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
11552 SetWindow(self, Window window)
11554 Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
11556 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
11558 def GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
11560 GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
11562 Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11564 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
11566 def SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
11568 SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
11570 Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
11572 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
11574 def GetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
):
11576 GetSpacer(self) -> Size
11578 Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
11580 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
)
11582 def SetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
):
11584 SetSpacer(self, Size size)
11586 Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
11588 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
)
11590 def Show(*args
, **kwargs
):
11592 Show(self, bool show)
11594 Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
11595 is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
11596 window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
11598 return _core_
.SizerItem_Show(*args
, **kwargs
)
11600 def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
):
11602 IsShown(self) -> bool
11604 Is the item to be shown in the layout?
11606 return _core_
.SizerItem_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
)
11608 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
11610 GetPosition(self) -> Point
11612 Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11614 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
11616 def GetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
):
11618 GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
11620 Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
11623 return _core_
.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
)
11625 def SetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
):
11627 SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
11629 Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
11631 return _core_
.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
)
11634 class SizerItemPtr(SizerItem
):
11635 def __init__(self
, this
):
11637 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
11638 self
.__class
__ = SizerItem
11639 _core_
.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItemPtr
)
11641 def SizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
11643 SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11644 PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11646 Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
11648 val
= _core_
.new_SizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
11652 def SizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
):
11654 SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11655 PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11657 Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
11659 val
= _core_
.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
)
11663 def SizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
11665 SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11666 PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11668 Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
11670 val
= _core_
.new_SizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
11674 class Sizer(Object
):
11676 wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
11677 a window. You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
11678 use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
11679 `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.NotebookSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer`
11680 and `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11682 The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
11683 layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
11684 toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
11685 subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
11686 get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
11687 most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
11688 a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
11689 this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
11690 turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
11691 empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
11692 constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
11693 do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
11694 compared to a real window on screen.
11696 What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
11697 every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
11698 handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
11699 sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
11700 standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
11701 more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
11702 sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
11704 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
11705 def __repr__(self
):
11706 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
11707 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Sizer
):
11708 """__del__(self)"""
11710 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
11713 def _setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
):
11714 """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
11715 return _core_
.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
)
11717 def Add(*args
, **kwargs
):
11719 Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11720 PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11722 Appends a child item to the sizer.
11724 return _core_
.Sizer_Add(*args
, **kwargs
)
11726 def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
):
11728 Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11729 PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11731 Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11732 the item at index *before*. See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11734 return _core_
.Sizer_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
)
11736 def Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
):
11738 Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11739 PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11741 Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11742 this sizer. See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11744 return _core_
.Sizer_Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
)
11746 def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
):
11748 Remove(self, item) -> bool
11750 Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it. This method does not
11751 cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11752 the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer. The
11753 *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11754 index of an item to remove. Returns True if the child item was found
11757 return _core_
.Sizer_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
)
11759 def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
):
11761 Detach(self, item) -> bool
11763 Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it. This method
11764 does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11765 do so. The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11766 zero-based index of the item to be detached. Returns True if the child item
11767 was found and detached.
11769 return _core_
.Sizer_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
)
11771 def GetItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
11773 GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11775 Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given. The *item*
11776 parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11777 the item to be found.
11779 return _core_
.Sizer_GetItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
11781 def _SetItemMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
11782 """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11783 return _core_
.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
11785 def SetItemMinSize(self
, item
, *args
):
11787 SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11789 Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11790 The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11791 zero-based index of the item. If a window or sizer is given then it
11792 will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11795 # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11796 return self
._SetItemMinSize
(item
, args
)
11798 return self
._SetItemMinSize
(item
, args
[0])
11800 def AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
11802 AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11804 Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11806 return _core_
.Sizer_AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
11808 def InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
11810 InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11812 Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11814 return _core_
.Sizer_InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
11816 def PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
11818 PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11820 Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11822 return _core_
.Sizer_PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
11824 def AddMany(self
, items
):
11826 AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11827 to a sizer at one time. Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11828 where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11829 would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11832 if type(item
) != type(()) or (len(item
) == 2 and type(item
[0]) == type(1)):
11836 # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11837 def AddWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11838 """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11839 return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
)
11840 def AddSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11841 """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11842 return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
)
11843 def AddSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11844 """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11845 return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
)
11847 def PrependWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11848 """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11849 return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
)
11850 def PrependSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11851 """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11852 return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
)
11853 def PrependSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11854 """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11855 return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
)
11857 def InsertWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11858 """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11859 return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
)
11860 def InsertSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11861 """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11862 return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
)
11863 def InsertSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11864 """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11865 return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
)
11867 def RemoveWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11868 """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11869 return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
)
11870 def RemoveSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11871 """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11872 return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
)
11873 def RemovePos(self
, *args
, **kw
):
11874 """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11875 return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
)
11878 def SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
):
11880 SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11882 Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11883 force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11884 the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11887 return _core_
.Sizer_SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
)
11889 def SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
11891 SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11893 Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11894 calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11895 need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11896 minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11897 here, depending on which is bigger.
11899 return _core_
.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
11901 def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
11903 GetSize(self) -> Size
11905 Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11907 return _core_
.Sizer_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
11909 def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
11911 GetPosition(self) -> Point
11913 Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11915 return _core_
.Sizer_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
11917 def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
11919 GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11921 Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11922 minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11923 set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11925 return _core_
.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
11927 def GetSizeTuple(self
):
11928 return self
.GetSize().Get()
11929 def GetPositionTuple(self
):
11930 return self
.GetPosition().Get()
11931 def GetMinSizeTuple(self
):
11932 return self
.GetMinSize().Get()
11934 def RecalcSizes(*args
, **kwargs
):
11938 Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11939 items managed by this sizer. You should not need to call this directly as
11940 it is called by `Layout`.
11942 return _core_
.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args
, **kwargs
)
11944 def CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
):
11946 CalcMin(self) -> Size
11948 This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11949 children's minimal sizes. You should not need to call this directly as
11950 it is called by `Layout`.
11952 return _core_
.Sizer_CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
)
11954 def Layout(*args
, **kwargs
):
11958 This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11959 controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11960 sizer. Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11961 EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11962 one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11965 return _core_
.Sizer_Layout(*args
, **kwargs
)
11967 def Fit(*args
, **kwargs
):
11969 Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
11971 Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
11972 size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
11973 order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
11974 determined by the sizer. Returns the new size.
11976 For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
11978 return _core_
.Sizer_Fit(*args
, **kwargs
)
11980 def FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
):
11982 FitInside(self, Window window)
11984 Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
11985 sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
11986 window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
11987 required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
11989 :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
11992 return _core_
.Sizer_FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
)
11994 def SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
):
11996 SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
11998 Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
11999 match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
12000 constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
12001 many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
12002 to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
12003 required by the sizer.
12005 return _core_
.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
)
12007 def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
):
12009 SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
12011 Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
12012 match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
12013 this will set them appropriately.
12015 :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
12018 return _core_
.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
)
12020 def Clear(*args
, **kwargs
):
12022 Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
12024 Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
12027 return _core_
.Sizer_Clear(*args
, **kwargs
)
12029 def DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
):
12031 DeleteWindows(self)
12033 Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
12035 return _core_
.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
)
12037 def GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
):
12039 GetChildren(self) -> list
12041 Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
12043 return _core_
.Sizer_GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
)
12045 def Show(*args
, **kwargs
):
12047 Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
12049 Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer. To make a sizer item
12050 disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`. The *item*
12051 parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12052 the item. Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
12053 subsizer. Returns True if the item was found.
12055 return _core_
.Sizer_Show(*args
, **kwargs
)
12057 def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
):
12059 IsShown(self, item)
12061 Determines if the item is currently shown. sizer. To make a sizer
12062 item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`. The *item*
12063 parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12066 return _core_
.Sizer_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
)
12068 def Hide(self
, item
, recursive
=False):
12070 A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
12072 return self
.Show(item
, False, recursive
)
12074 def ShowItems(*args
, **kwargs
):
12076 ShowItems(self, bool show)
12078 Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
12080 return _core_
.Sizer_ShowItems(*args
, **kwargs
)
12083 class SizerPtr(Sizer
):
12084 def __init__(self
, this
):
12086 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
12087 self
.__class
__ = Sizer
12088 _core_
.Sizer_swigregister(SizerPtr
)
12090 class PySizer(Sizer
):
12092 wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
12093 instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
12094 Python derived classes. You would derive from this class if you are
12095 wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code. Simply implement
12096 `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
12099 class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
12100 def __init__(self):
12101 wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
12104 for item in self.GetChildren():
12105 # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
12106 # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
12107 # layout algorithm.
12109 return wx.Size(width, height)
12111 def RecalcSizes(self):
12112 # find the space allotted to this sizer
12113 pos = self.GetPosition()
12114 size = self.GetSize()
12115 for item in self.GetChildren():
12116 # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
12117 # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
12118 # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
12119 # space alloted to this sizer.
12121 item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
12124 When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
12125 `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
12126 `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
12128 :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
12132 def __repr__(self
):
12133 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPySizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
12134 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
12136 __init__(self) -> PySizer
12138 Creates a wx.PySizer. Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
12141 newobj
= _core_
.new_PySizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
12142 self
.this
= newobj
.this
12145 self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, PySizer
);self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
12147 def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
):
12148 """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
12149 return _core_
.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
)
12152 class PySizerPtr(PySizer
):
12153 def __init__(self
, this
):
12155 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
12156 self
.__class
__ = PySizer
12157 _core_
.PySizer_swigregister(PySizerPtr
)
12159 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12161 class BoxSizer(Sizer
):
12163 The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
12164 laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
12165 column or nested hierarchies of either. A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
12166 its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
12167 parameter passed to the constructor.
12169 def __repr__(self
):
12170 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxBoxSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
12171 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
12173 __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
12175 Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
12176 or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
12179 newobj
= _core_
.new_BoxSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
12180 self
.this
= newobj
.this
12183 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
12185 def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
):
12187 GetOrientation(self) -> int
12189 Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
12191 return _core_
.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
)
12193 def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
):
12195 SetOrientation(self, int orient)
12197 Resets the orientation of the sizer.
12199 return _core_
.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
)
12202 class BoxSizerPtr(BoxSizer
):
12203 def __init__(self
, this
):
12205 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
12206 self
.__class
__ = BoxSizer
12207 _core_
.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizerPtr
)
12209 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12211 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer
):
12213 wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
12214 `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
12215 manages. Note that this static box must be created separately and
12216 passed to the sizer constructor.
12218 def __repr__(self
):
12219 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxStaticBoxSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
12220 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
12222 __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
12224 Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
12225 *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
12228 newobj
= _core_
.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
12229 self
.this
= newobj
.this
12232 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
12234 def GetStaticBox(*args
, **kwargs
):
12236 GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
12238 Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
12240 return _core_
.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args
, **kwargs
)
12243 class StaticBoxSizerPtr(StaticBoxSizer
):
12244 def __init__(self
, this
):
12246 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
12247 self
.__class
__ = StaticBoxSizer
12248 _core_
.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizerPtr
)
12250 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12252 class GridSizer(Sizer
):
12254 A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
12255 two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size. In other
12256 words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
12257 widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
12258 height of the tallest item. An optional vertical and/or horizontal
12259 gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
12261 Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
12262 in row-major order. In other words, the first row is filled first,
12263 then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
12264 neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.) If you
12265 need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
12266 then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
12269 def __repr__(self
):
12270 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGridSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
12271 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
12273 __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
12275 Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
12276 of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
12277 zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
12278 the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
12279 define extra space between all children.
12281 newobj
= _core_
.new_GridSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
12282 self
.this
= newobj
.this
12285 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
12287 def SetCols(*args
, **kwargs
):
12289 SetCols(self, int cols)
12291 Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
12293 return _core_
.GridSizer_SetCols(*args
, **kwargs
)
12295 def SetRows(*args
, **kwargs
):
12297 SetRows(self, int rows)
12299 Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
12301 return _core_
.GridSizer_SetRows(*args
, **kwargs
)
12303 def SetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
):
12305 SetVGap(self, int gap)
12307 Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
12309 return _core_
.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
)
12311 def SetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
):
12313 SetHGap(self, int gap)
12315 Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
12317 return _core_
.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
)
12319 def GetCols(*args
, **kwargs
):
12321 GetCols(self) -> int
12323 Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
12325 return _core_
.GridSizer_GetCols(*args
, **kwargs
)
12327 def GetRows(*args
, **kwargs
):
12329 GetRows(self) -> int
12331 Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
12333 return _core_
.GridSizer_GetRows(*args
, **kwargs
)
12335 def GetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
):
12337 GetVGap(self) -> int
12339 Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
12341 return _core_
.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
)
12343 def GetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
):
12345 GetHGap(self) -> int
12347 Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
12349 return _core_
.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
)
12352 class GridSizerPtr(GridSizer
):
12353 def __init__(self
, this
):
12355 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
12356 self
.__class
__ = GridSizer
12357 _core_
.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizerPtr
)
12359 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12361 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
12362 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
12363 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
12364 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer
):
12366 A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
12367 two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
12368 height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
12369 rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
12370 the `wx.GridSizer`.
12372 wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
12373 unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
12374 in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
12375 needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
12376 flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
12377 `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
12381 def __repr__(self
):
12382 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFlexGridSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
12383 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
12385 __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
12387 Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
12388 number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
12389 is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
12390 the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
12391 define extra space between all children.
12393 newobj
= _core_
.new_FlexGridSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
12394 self
.this
= newobj
.this
12397 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
12399 def AddGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
):
12401 AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
12403 Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
12404 is extra space available to the sizer.
12406 The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
12407 for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
12408 columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
12410 return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
)
12412 def RemoveGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
):
12414 RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
12416 Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
12418 return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
)
12420 def AddGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
):
12422 AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
12424 Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
12425 there is extra space available to the sizer.
12427 The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
12428 for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
12429 columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
12431 return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
)
12433 def RemoveGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
):
12435 RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
12437 Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
12439 return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
)
12441 def SetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
):
12443 SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
12445 Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
12446 or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values. Any
12447 other value is ignored.
12449 ============== =======================================
12450 wx.VERTICAL Rows are flexibly sized.
12451 wx.HORIZONTAL Columns are flexibly sized.
12452 wx.BOTH Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
12453 (this is the default value).
12454 ============== =======================================
12456 Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
12459 return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
)
12461 def GetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
):
12463 GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
12465 Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
12466 flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
12468 :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
12470 return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
)
12472 def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
12474 SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
12476 Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
12477 there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
12478 previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
12480 ========================== =================================================
12481 wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
12482 wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
12483 `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
12484 case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
12485 columns or rows (this is the default value).
12486 wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
12487 the non flexible direction, whether they are
12488 growable or not in the flexbile direction.
12489 ========================== =================================================
12491 Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
12495 return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
12497 def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
):
12499 GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
12501 Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
12502 non-flexible direction if there is one.
12504 :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
12506 return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
)
12508 def GetRowHeights(*args
, **kwargs
):
12510 GetRowHeights(self) -> list
12512 Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
12515 return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args
, **kwargs
)
12517 def GetColWidths(*args
, **kwargs
):
12519 GetColWidths(self) -> list
12521 Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
12522 columns in the sizer.
12524 return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args
, **kwargs
)
12527 class FlexGridSizerPtr(FlexGridSizer
):
12528 def __init__(self
, this
):
12530 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
12531 self
.__class
__ = FlexGridSizer
12532 _core_
.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizerPtr
)
12534 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer
):
12536 A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
12537 in order to conform to the current platform's standards. You simply
12538 need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
12539 buttons using the standard ID's. Then call `Realize` and the sizer
12540 will take care of the rest.
12543 def __repr__(self
):
12544 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxStdDialogButtonSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
12545 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
12546 """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
12547 newobj
= _core_
.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
12548 self
.this
= newobj
.this
12551 def AddButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
12553 AddButton(self, wxButton button)
12555 Use this to add the buttons to this sizer. Do not use the `Add`
12556 method in the base class.
12558 return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
12560 def Realize(*args
, **kwargs
):
12564 This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
12565 to the sizer. It will reorder them and position them in a platform
12568 return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args
, **kwargs
)
12570 def SetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
12571 """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12572 return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
12574 def SetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
12575 """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12576 return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
12578 def SetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
12579 """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12580 return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
12582 def GetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
12583 """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12584 return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
12586 def GetApplyButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
12587 """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12588 return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
12590 def GetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
12591 """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12592 return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
12594 def GetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
12595 """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12596 return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
12598 def GetHelpButton(*args
, **kwargs
):
12599 """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12600 return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args
, **kwargs
)
12603 class StdDialogButtonSizerPtr(StdDialogButtonSizer
):
12604 def __init__(self
, this
):
12606 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
12607 self
.__class
__ = StdDialogButtonSizer
12608 _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizerPtr
)
12610 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12612 class GBPosition(object):
12614 This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12615 rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`. wxPython has
12616 typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12617 integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12618 representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12620 def __repr__(self
):
12621 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGBPosition instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
12622 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
12624 __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
12626 This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12627 rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`. wxPython has
12628 typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12629 integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12630 representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12632 newobj
= _core_
.new_GBPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
12633 self
.this
= newobj
.this
12636 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_GBPosition
):
12637 """__del__(self)"""
12639 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
12642 def GetRow(*args
, **kwargs
):
12643 """GetRow(self) -> int"""
12644 return _core_
.GBPosition_GetRow(*args
, **kwargs
)
12646 def GetCol(*args
, **kwargs
):
12647 """GetCol(self) -> int"""
12648 return _core_
.GBPosition_GetCol(*args
, **kwargs
)
12650 def SetRow(*args
, **kwargs
):
12651 """SetRow(self, int row)"""
12652 return _core_
.GBPosition_SetRow(*args
, **kwargs
)
12654 def SetCol(*args
, **kwargs
):
12655 """SetCol(self, int col)"""
12656 return _core_
.GBPosition_SetCol(*args
, **kwargs
)
12658 def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
):
12659 """__eq__(self, GBPosition other) -> bool"""
12660 return _core_
.GBPosition___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
)
12662 def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
):
12663 """__ne__(self, GBPosition other) -> bool"""
12664 return _core_
.GBPosition___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
)
12666 def Set(*args
, **kwargs
):
12667 """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
12668 return _core_
.GBPosition_Set(*args
, **kwargs
)
12670 def Get(*args
, **kwargs
):
12671 """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12672 return _core_
.GBPosition_Get(*args
, **kwargs
)
12674 asTuple
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12675 def __str__(self
): return str(self
.Get())
12676 def __repr__(self
): return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self
.Get())
12677 def __len__(self
): return len(self
.Get())
12678 def __getitem__(self
, index
): return self
.Get()[index
]
12679 def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
):
12680 if index
== 0: self
.SetRow(val
)
12681 elif index
== 1: self
.SetCol(val
)
12682 else: raise IndexError
12683 def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.Get() != (0,0)
12684 __safe_for_unpickling__
= True
12685 def __reduce__(self
): return (wx
.GBPosition
, self
.Get())
12687 row
= property(GetRow
, SetRow
)
12688 col
= property(GetCol
, SetCol
)
12691 class GBPositionPtr(GBPosition
):
12692 def __init__(self
, this
):
12694 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
12695 self
.__class
__ = GBPosition
12696 _core_
.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPositionPtr
)
12698 class GBSpan(object):
12700 This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
12701 items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`. wxPython has typemaps that will
12702 automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
12703 wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
12704 nearly transparently in Python code.
12707 def __repr__(self
):
12708 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGBSpan instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
12709 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
12711 __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
12713 Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
12714 colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
12715 cell in each direction.
12717 newobj
= _core_
.new_GBSpan(*args
, **kwargs
)
12718 self
.this
= newobj
.this
12721 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_GBSpan
):
12722 """__del__(self)"""
12724 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
12727 def GetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
):
12728 """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
12729 return _core_
.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
)
12731 def GetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
):
12732 """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
12733 return _core_
.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
)
12735 def SetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
):
12736 """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
12737 return _core_
.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
)
12739 def SetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
):
12740 """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
12741 return _core_
.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
)
12743 def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
):
12744 """__eq__(self, GBSpan other) -> bool"""
12745 return _core_
.GBSpan___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
)
12747 def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
):
12748 """__ne__(self, GBSpan other) -> bool"""
12749 return _core_
.GBSpan___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
)
12751 def Set(*args
, **kwargs
):
12752 """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
12753 return _core_
.GBSpan_Set(*args
, **kwargs
)
12755 def Get(*args
, **kwargs
):
12756 """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12757 return _core_
.GBSpan_Get(*args
, **kwargs
)
12759 asTuple
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12760 def __str__(self
): return str(self
.Get())
12761 def __repr__(self
): return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self
.Get())
12762 def __len__(self
): return len(self
.Get())
12763 def __getitem__(self
, index
): return self
.Get()[index
]
12764 def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
):
12765 if index
== 0: self
.SetRowspan(val
)
12766 elif index
== 1: self
.SetColspan(val
)
12767 else: raise IndexError
12768 def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.Get() != (0,0)
12769 __safe_for_unpickling__
= True
12770 def __reduce__(self
): return (wx
.GBSpan
, self
.Get())
12772 rowspan
= property(GetRowspan
, SetRowspan
)
12773 colspan
= property(GetColspan
, SetColspan
)
12776 class GBSpanPtr(GBSpan
):
12777 def __init__(self
, this
):
12779 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
12780 self
.__class
__ = GBSpan
12781 _core_
.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpanPtr
)
12783 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem
):
12785 The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12786 items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12787 and how many rows or columns it spans.
12790 def __repr__(self
):
12791 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGBSizerItem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
12792 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
12794 __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12796 Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem. Either a window, sizer or spacer
12797 size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12798 item can be used in a Sizer.
12800 You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12801 are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12803 newobj
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
12804 self
.this
= newobj
.this
12807 def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_GBSizerItem
):
12808 """__del__(self)"""
12810 if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
)
12813 def GetPos(*args
, **kwargs
):
12815 GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12817 Get the grid position of the item
12819 return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args
, **kwargs
)
12821 def GetPosTuple(self
): return self
.GetPos().Get()
12822 def GetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
):
12824 GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12826 Get the row and column spanning of the item
12828 return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
)
12830 def GetSpanTuple(self
): return self
.GetSpan().Get()
12831 def SetPos(*args
, **kwargs
):
12833 SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12835 If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12836 there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12837 position, then set the new position. Returns True if the change is
12838 successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12840 return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args
, **kwargs
)
12842 def SetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
):
12844 SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12846 If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12847 there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12848 spanning size, then set the new spanning. Returns True if the change
12849 is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12852 return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
)
12854 def Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
):
12856 Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12858 Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12860 return _core_
.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
)
12862 def IntersectsPos(*args
, **kwargs
):
12864 IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12866 Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12868 return _core_
.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args
, **kwargs
)
12870 def GetEndPos(*args
, **kwargs
):
12872 GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12874 Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12876 return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args
, **kwargs
)
12878 def GetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
12880 GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12882 Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12884 return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
12886 def SetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
12888 SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12890 Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12892 return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
12895 class GBSizerItemPtr(GBSizerItem
):
12896 def __init__(self
, this
):
12898 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
12899 self
.__class
__ = GBSizerItem
12900 _core_
.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItemPtr
)
12901 DefaultSpan
= cvar
.DefaultSpan
12903 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
12905 GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12906 int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12908 Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12910 val
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
12914 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
):
12916 GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12917 int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12919 Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12921 val
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
12925 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
):
12927 GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12928 int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12930 Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12932 val
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
)
12936 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer
):
12938 A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12939 `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12940 is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12941 than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`. The total size of the
12942 virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12943 positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12946 def __repr__(self
):
12947 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGridBagSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
12948 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
12950 __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12952 Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12955 newobj
= _core_
.new_GridBagSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)
12956 self
.this
= newobj
.this
12959 self
._setOORInfo
(self
)
12961 def Add(*args
, **kwargs
):
12963 Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12964 int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12966 Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12967 more than one row or column as specified with *span*. The remaining
12968 args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12970 Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12971 position, False if something was already there.
12974 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_Add(*args
, **kwargs
)
12976 def AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
):
12978 Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12980 Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`. Returns True if
12981 the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12982 something was already there.
12984 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
)
12986 def GetCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
12988 GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12990 Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12991 vgap. Only valid after a Layout.
12993 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
12995 def GetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
12997 GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12999 Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
13001 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
13003 def SetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
):
13005 SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
13007 Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
13009 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
)
13011 def GetItemPosition(*args
):
13013 GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
13015 Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
13016 window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
13019 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args
)
13021 def SetItemPosition(*args
):
13023 SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
13025 Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
13026 window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
13027 index of an item. Returns True on success. If the move is not
13028 allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
13031 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args
)
13033 def GetItemSpan(*args
):
13035 GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
13037 Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
13038 either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
13039 zero-based index of an item.
13041 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args
)
13043 def SetItemSpan(*args
):
13045 SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
13047 Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
13048 either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
13049 zero-based index of an item. Returns True on success. If the move is
13050 not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
13052 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args
)
13054 def FindItem(*args
):
13056 FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
13058 Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
13059 not found. (non-recursive)
13061 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args
)
13063 def FindItemAtPosition(*args
, **kwargs
):
13065 FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
13067 Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
13068 item at that position. (non-recursive)
13070 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)
13072 def FindItemAtPoint(*args
, **kwargs
):
13074 FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
13076 Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
13077 there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
13078 to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
13079 layout. (non-recursive)
13081 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args
, **kwargs
)
13083 def CheckForIntersection(*args
, **kwargs
):
13085 CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
13087 Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
13088 given *item*. Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
13089 If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
13090 intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13094 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args
, **kwargs
)
13096 def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args
, **kwargs
):
13098 CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
13100 Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
13101 given position and span. Returns True if so, False if there would be
13102 no overlap. If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
13103 for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13106 return _core_
.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args
, **kwargs
)
13109 class GridBagSizerPtr(GridBagSizer
):
13110 def __init__(self
, this
):
13112 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
13113 self
.__class
__ = GridBagSizer
13114 _core_
.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizerPtr
)
13116 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13120 Right
= _core_
.Right
13121 Bottom
= _core_
.Bottom
13122 Width
= _core_
.Width
13123 Height
= _core_
.Height
13124 Centre
= _core_
.Centre
13125 Center
= _core_
.Center
13126 CentreX
= _core_
.CentreX
13127 CentreY
= _core_
.CentreY
13128 Unconstrained
= _core_
.Unconstrained
13130 PercentOf
= _core_
.PercentOf
13131 Above
= _core_
.Above
13132 Below
= _core_
.Below
13133 LeftOf
= _core_
.LeftOf
13134 RightOf
= _core_
.RightOf
13135 SameAs
= _core_
.SameAs
13136 Absolute
= _core_
.Absolute
13137 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object
):
13139 Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
13140 one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
13141 You will never need to create an instance of
13142 wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
13143 `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
13146 def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined"
13147 def __repr__(self
):
13148 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxIndividualLayoutConstraint instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
13149 def Set(*args
, **kwargs
):
13151 Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
13153 Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
13154 convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
13156 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args
, **kwargs
)
13158 def LeftOf(*args
, **kwargs
):
13160 LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13162 Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
13163 optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
13166 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args
, **kwargs
)
13168 def RightOf(*args
, **kwargs
):
13170 RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13172 Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
13173 optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
13176 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args
, **kwargs
)
13178 def Above(*args
, **kwargs
):
13180 Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13182 Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
13183 margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
13186 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args
, **kwargs
)
13188 def Below(*args
, **kwargs
):
13190 Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13192 Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
13193 margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
13196 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args
, **kwargs
)
13198 def SameAs(*args
, **kwargs
):
13200 SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
13202 Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
13203 given window, with an optional margin.
13205 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args
, **kwargs
)
13207 def PercentOf(*args
, **kwargs
):
13209 PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
13211 Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
13212 window, with an optional margin.
13214 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args
, **kwargs
)
13216 def Absolute(*args
, **kwargs
):
13218 Absolute(self, int val)
13220 Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
13222 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args
, **kwargs
)
13224 def Unconstrained(*args
, **kwargs
):
13226 Unconstrained(self)
13228 Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
13229 other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
13231 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args
, **kwargs
)
13233 def AsIs(*args
, **kwargs
):
13237 Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
13238 the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
13239 the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
13240 when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
13241 size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
13244 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args
, **kwargs
)
13246 def GetOtherWindow(*args
, **kwargs
):
13247 """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
13248 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args
, **kwargs
)
13250 def GetMyEdge(*args
, **kwargs
):
13251 """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
13252 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args
, **kwargs
)
13254 def SetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
):
13255 """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
13256 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
)
13258 def SetValue(*args
, **kwargs
):
13259 """SetValue(self, int v)"""
13260 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args
, **kwargs
)
13262 def GetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
):
13263 """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
13264 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
)
13266 def SetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
):
13267 """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
13268 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
)
13270 def GetValue(*args
, **kwargs
):
13271 """GetValue(self) -> int"""
13272 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args
, **kwargs
)
13274 def GetPercent(*args
, **kwargs
):
13275 """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
13276 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args
, **kwargs
)
13278 def GetOtherEdge(*args
, **kwargs
):
13279 """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
13280 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args
, **kwargs
)
13282 def GetDone(*args
, **kwargs
):
13283 """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
13284 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args
, **kwargs
)
13286 def SetDone(*args
, **kwargs
):
13287 """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
13288 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args
, **kwargs
)
13290 def GetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
):
13291 """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
13292 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
)
13294 def SetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
):
13295 """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
13296 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
)
13298 def ResetIfWin(*args
, **kwargs
):
13300 ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
13302 Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
13304 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args
, **kwargs
)
13306 def SatisfyConstraint(*args
, **kwargs
):
13308 SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
13310 Try to satisfy constraint
13312 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args
, **kwargs
)
13314 def GetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
):
13316 GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
13318 Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
13319 is not determinable, -1.
13321 return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
)
13324 class IndividualLayoutConstraintPtr(IndividualLayoutConstraint
):
13325 def __init__(self
, this
):
13327 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
13328 self
.__class
__ = IndividualLayoutConstraint
13329 _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraintPtr
)
13331 class LayoutConstraints(Object
):
13333 **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
13336 Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
13337 layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
13339 The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
13340 wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
13341 directly to set the appropriate constraints.
13343 * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
13344 * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
13345 * top: represents the top edge of the window
13346 * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
13347 * width: represents the width of the window
13348 * height: represents the height of the window
13349 * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
13350 * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
13352 Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
13353 wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
13354 looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
13355 which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
13356 constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
13357 compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
13358 the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
13360 :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
13363 def __repr__(self
):
13364 return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxLayoutConstraints instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,)
13365 left
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_left_get
)
13366 top
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_top_get
)
13367 right
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_right_get
)
13368 bottom
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get
)
13369 width
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_width_get
)
13370 height
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_height_get
)
13371 centreX
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get
)
13372 centreY
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get
)
13373 def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
13374 """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
13375 newobj
= _core_
.new_LayoutConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
)
13376 self
.this
= newobj
.this
13379 def SatisfyConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
):
13380 """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
13381 return _core_
.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
)
13383 def AreSatisfied(*args
, **kwargs
):
13384 """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
13385 return _core_
.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args
, **kwargs
)
13388 class LayoutConstraintsPtr(LayoutConstraints
):
13389 def __init__(self
, this
):
13391 if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown
= 0
13392 self
.__class
__ = LayoutConstraints
13393 _core_
.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraintsPtr
)
13395 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13397 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
13401 __builtins__
.True = 1==1
13402 __builtins__
.False = 1==0
13403 def bool(value
): return not not value
13404 __builtins__
.bool = bool
13408 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
13409 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxGauge95'] = 'wxGauge'
13410 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxSlider95'] = 'wxSlider'
13411 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxStatusBar95'] = 'wxStatusBar'
13414 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13415 # Load version numbers from __version__... Ensure that major and minor
13416 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
13418 from __version__
import *
13419 __version__
= VERSION_STRING
13421 assert MAJOR_VERSION
== _core_
.MAJOR_VERSION
, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
13422 assert MINOR_VERSION
== _core_
.MINOR_VERSION
, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
13423 if RELEASE_VERSION
!= _core_
.RELEASE_VERSION
:
13425 warnings
.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
13427 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13429 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
13430 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed. (We
13431 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
13432 # encoding we need to use as well.)
13434 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
13435 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets. Please be
13436 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
13437 # slightly different on different platforms. For example, please see
13438 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
13439 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
13441 default
= _sys
.getdefaultencoding()
13442 if default
== 'ascii':
13446 default
= locale
.getdefaultlocale()[1]
13447 codecs
.lookup(default
)
13448 except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
13449 default
= _sys
.getdefaultencoding()
13453 wx
.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default
)
13456 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13458 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
13461 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
13463 Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
13464 changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted. This should help
13465 prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
13467 reprStr
= "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
13468 attrStr
= "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
13470 def __repr__(self
):
13471 if not hasattr(self
, "_name"):
13472 self
._name
= "[unknown]"
13473 return self
.reprStr
% self
._name
13475 def __getattr__(self
, *args
):
13476 if not hasattr(self
, "_name"):
13477 self
._name
= "[unknown]"
13478 raise PyDeadObjectError(self
.attrStr
% self
._name
)
13480 def __nonzero__(self
):
13485 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
13488 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
13490 Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
13491 imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
13492 object is created and initialized. These object instances will
13493 temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
13494 exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
13498 reprStr
= "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
13499 attrStr
= "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
13501 def __repr__(self
):
13502 #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13503 # self._name = "[unknown]"
13504 return self
.reprStr
#% self._name
13506 def __getattr__(self
, *args
):
13507 #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13508 # self._name = "[unknown]"
13509 raise PyUnbornObjectError(self
.attrStr
) # % self._name )
13511 def __nonzero__(self
):
13515 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13517 def CallAfter(callable, *args
, **kw
):
13519 Call the specified function after the current and pending event
13520 handlers have been completed. This is also good for making GUI
13521 method calls from non-GUI threads. Any extra positional or
13522 keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
13524 :see: `wx.FutureCall`
13527 assert app
is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
13529 if not hasattr(app
, "_CallAfterId"):
13530 app
._CallAfterId
= wx
.NewEventType()
13531 app
.Connect(-1, -1, app
._CallAfterId
,
13532 lambda event
: event
.callable(*event
.args
, **event
.kw
) )
13534 evt
.SetEventType(app
._CallAfterId
)
13535 evt
.callable = callable
13538 wx
.PostEvent(app
, evt
)
13540 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13545 A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
13546 object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
13547 positional or keyword args. The return value of the callable is
13548 availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
13550 If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
13551 then there is no need to hold a reference to this object. It will
13552 hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
13553 has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
13554 the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall
13557 :see: `wx.CallAfter`
13559 def __init__(self
, millis
, callable, *args
, **kwargs
):
13560 self
.millis
= millis
13561 self
.callable = callable
13562 self
.SetArgs(*args
, **kwargs
)
13564 self
.running
= False
13565 self
.hasRun
= False
13574 def Start(self
, millis
=None, *args
, **kwargs
):
13576 (Re)start the timer
13578 self
.hasRun
= False
13579 if millis
is not None:
13580 self
.millis
= millis
13582 self
.SetArgs(*args
, **kwargs
)
13584 self
.timer
= wx
.PyTimer(self
.Notify
)
13585 self
.timer
.Start(self
.millis
, wx
.TIMER_ONE_SHOT
)
13586 self
.running
= True
13592 Stop and destroy the timer.
13594 if self
.timer
is not None:
13599 def GetInterval(self
):
13600 if self
.timer
is not None:
13601 return self
.timer
.GetInterval()
13606 def IsRunning(self
):
13607 return self
.timer
is not None and self
.timer
.IsRunning()
13610 def SetArgs(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):
13612 (Re)set the args passed to the callable object. This is
13613 useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
13614 new call to the same callable object but with different
13618 self
.kwargs
= kwargs
13624 def GetResult(self
):
13629 The timer has expired so call the callable.
13631 if self
.callable and getattr(self
.callable, 'im_self', True):
13633 self
.running
= False
13634 self
.result
= self
.callable(*self
.args
, **self
.kwargs
)
13636 if not self
.running
:
13637 # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
13638 wx
.CallAfter(self
.Stop
)
13642 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13643 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
13644 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
13645 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
13646 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
13647 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
13648 # where they should be used.
13652 A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
13653 fucntions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
13655 def __init__(self
, globals):
13656 self
._globals
= globals
13658 def __call__(self
, name
):
13660 obj
= self
._globals
.get(name
, None)
13661 if type(obj
) not in [type, types
.ClassType
, types
.FunctionType
, types
.BuiltinFunctionType
]:
13663 if name
.startswith('_') or name
.endswith('Ptr') or name
.startswith('EVT'):
13667 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13668 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13670 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
13671 # "core" wx namespace
13673 from _windows
import *
13674 from _controls
import *
13675 from _misc
import *
13678 # Fixup the stock objects since they can't be used yet. (They will be
13679 # restored in wx.PyApp.OnInit.)
13680 _core_
._wxPyFixStockObjects
()
13682 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13683 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------